Inter-bonded Fibrous Matrices for 3D Tissue Engineering Scaffolds by Yanwei TANG (B.Eng, M.Eng) Submitted in fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of Doctor of Philosophy Deakin University January, 2011
Inter-bonded Fibrous Matrices for 3D Tissue Engineering Scaffolds
by
Yanwei TANG(B.Eng, M.Eng)
Submitted in fulfilment of the requirements for the degree of
Doctor of Philosophy
Deakin University
January, 2011
-I-
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
I would like to sincerely thank my supervisor A/Prof. Tong Lin, who have been
encouraging me to pursue such an exciting project, and who always direct me
in the new techniques and direction.
I am also deeply grateful to Prof. Xungai Wang for giving me the chance to
study in Deakin with AMCRC scholarship. Without this financial support, this
work could not have been completed.
I would like to acknowledge Dr Cynthia Wong for her invaluable advice and
suggestions in cell culture experiments.
I should also thank Dr. Xin Liu, Mr. Chris Hurren, Mr. Graeme Keating, and
Mrs. Elizabeth Laidlaw for their technical assistance, and all the friends in
CMFI for giving me a great time during my study.
Thanks should also been given to Barwon Biomedical Research (BBR) and
School of Life and Environmental Sciences (LES) at Deakin University for
kindly allowing me to use the biological labs throughout the project.
I thank my family for their love and support over the years, especially to my
husband, Zhaohuai Lin, who has always been there for me.
-II-
PUBLICATIONS LIST
The work described in this thesis has led to the following publications:
1. Yanwei Tang, Cynthia Wong, Hongxia Wang, Alessandra Sutti, Mark
Kirkland, Xungai Wang, Tong Lin. Three Dimensional Tissue Scaffolds from
Inter-bonded PCL Fibrous Matrices with Controlled Porosity. Tissue
Eningeering.Part C, Volume 17, Number 2, 2010
2. Yan Zhao, Yanwei Tang, Xungai Wang, Tong Lin. Superhydrophobic
cotton fabric fabricated by electrostatic assembly of silica nanoparticles and its
remarkable buoyancy. Applied Surface Science, 256,6736-6742, 2010
3. Yanwei Tang, Cynthia Wong, Alessandra Sutti, Tong Lin, Xungai Wang.
3D Fibrous Tissue Scaffolds with Controlled Pore Structure and Self-sterilising
Function. 20th Annual ASBTE Conference (10-12 Feb. 2010, Brisbane,
Queensland, Australia), 2010
4. Yanwei Tang, Alessandra Sutti, Tong Lin. 3D Fibrous Matrices Having
Different Porosities and their CHO Cell Culture Performance.Internatiaonl
Conference on Materials for Advanced Technologies ICMAT 2009(28 Jun-3
Jul 2009, Singapore), A01811-03187 (2009)
5. Yanwei Tang, Cynthia Wong, Hongxia Wang, Alessandra Sutti, Tong Lin,
Xungai Wang, Mark Kirkland. 3D Fibrous Tissue Scaffolds: Influence of
Pore Structrue on the Cell Culture Performance. Conference Booklet of
ARNAM 2008 Annual Workshop(15-18 Dec 2008, Geelong, Australia), 74
(2008)
-III-
Potential papers from this research are as listed below:
6. Proliferation and Differentiation of hFOB 1.19 on Nano-textured Surface in
3D Fibrous Scaffold
7. Response of Osteoblast Cells to Apatite Coated PCL Fibrous Scaffold by
Plasma Pre-treatment and SBF Soaking for Bone Tissue Engineering
8. Electrostatic Assembly of Anti-bacterial PHMB on PCL Fibrous Scaffolds
for Self-disinfection
-IV-
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS ............................................................................. I
PUBLICATIONS LIST ................................................................................ II
TABLE OF CONTENTS ............................................................................. IV
LIST OF FIGURES .................................................................................... IX
LIST OF TABLES .................................................................................... XXV
ABSTRACT ............................................................................................. XXVI
1. Introduction .................................................................................................. 1
1.1 Significance and research problems ............................................................. 1
1.2 Specific aims ................................................................................................. 4
1.3 Thesis outline ................................................................................................ 6
2. Literature Review ......................................................................................... 8
2.1 Tissue Engineering and Scaffolds ................................................................ 8
2.2 Current Developments in 3D Polymer Scaffolds ....................................... 10
2.2.1 Cell lines .............................................................................................. 11
2.2.2 Cell seeding and culture methods ........................................................ 11
2.2.3 Materials .............................................................................................. 15
2.2.4 Scaffold fabrications and structures .................................................... 19
2.3 Fibre-based Tissue Scaffolds ...................................................................... 33
2.3.1 Classification of fibre-based scaffolds ................................................ 33
2.3.2 Issues of fibre-based scaffolds ............................................................. 40
2.4 Role of nano-structured functional surfaces on cell performance of polymer
scaffolds ............................................................................................................ 40
3. Materials, Methods and Characterisation Technologies ........................ 56
3.1. Materials .................................................................................................... 56
3.2. Fabrication and surface modification of fibrous scaffolds ........................ 56
Synthesis of silica nanoparticles ................................................................... 57
Layer-by-layer electrostatic self-assembly of nanoparticles ........................ 57
Plasma treatment of PCL scaffolds .............................................................. 58
-V-
Simulated Body Solution (SBF) soaking ....................................................... 58
Electroless plating ........................................................................................ 60
Layer-by-layer coating of PHMB on 3D fibrous scaffolds ........................... 60
3.3. Cell culture related technologies ............................................................... 61
3.3.1 Sterilisation .......................................................................................... 61
3.3.2 Cell culture media................................................................................ 61
3.3.3 Cell lines .............................................................................................. 62
3.3.4 Subculture of cells................................................................................ 62
3.3.5 Cell seeding ......................................................................................... 63
3.3.6 Cell culture .......................................................................................... 64
3.3.7 MTS assay ............................................................................................ 65
3.3.8 Cytotoxicity test ................................................................................... 65
3.3.8 Stain of samples for microscopic observation ..................................... 66
3.3.9 Stain of samples for SEM observation ................................................. 66
3.3.10 Laser scanning confocal microscopy................................................. 66
3.3.11 Alkaline Phosphatase (ALP) assay .................................................... 67
3.3.12 Alkaline Phosphatase (ALP) staining for microscopy observation ... 68
3.3.13Statistical analysis .............................................................................. 68
3.4 Bacterium related technologies................................................................... 69
3.4.1 Bacterial type ....................................................................................... 69
3.4.2 Bacterial culture media ....................................................................... 69
3.4.3 Antibacterial testing............................................................................. 69
3.5 Characterisation tools ................................................................................. 72
3.5.1 Photos .................................................................................................. 72
3.5.2 Matrix thickness measurement ............................................................ 72
3.5.3 Scanning electron microscopy ............................................................. 73
3.5.4 Micro-computed tomography .............................................................. 73
3.5.5 Processing of the micro-CT scanned series images ............................ 74
3.5.6 Mechanical property ............................................................................ 74
3.5.7 Water contact angle ............................................................................. 75
3.5.8 Water hydraulic permeability .............................................................. 76
3.5.9 Water binding ability ........................................................................... 76
-VI-
3.5.10 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy .......................................... 77
3.5.11 Atomic force microscopy ................................................................... 77
3.5.12 Dynamic light scattering ................................................................... 77
3.5.13 Transmission electron microscopy .................................................... 78
3.5.14 UV-VIS spectroscopy ......................................................................... 78
3.5.15 Wide angle X-ray diffraction ............................................................. 79
3.5.15 X-ray photoelectron spectrometer ..................................................... 79
3.5.16 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission spectrometer .............. 79
3.5.17 Photo-spectroscopy............................................................................ 79
4. Inter-bonded 3D fibrous scaffolds and their cell culture performances 81
4.1 Experimental Procedure.............................................................................. 81
4.2 Results and Discussion ............................................................................... 82
4.2.1 Length and diameter distribution of short fibres ................................. 82
4.2.2 Size and distribution of sugar powders ............................................... 83
4.2.3 Formation of 3D fibrous structures ..................................................... 84
4.2.4 Optimisation of processing parameters ............................................... 85
4.2.5 Fibrous samples with different fibre/sugar ratios ............................... 89
4.2.6 Cytotoxicity test ................................................................................. 100
4.2.7 Comparison of dynamic and static seeding methods ......................... 100
4.2.8 Cell seeding efficiency ....................................................................... 107
4.2.9 Cell morphology ................................................................................ 108
4.2.10 Cells penetration inside the matrices .............................................. 115
4.2.11 Cell proliferation ............................................................................. 117
4.3 Conclusion ................................................................................................ 121
5. Nano-structured surface in 3D fibrous scaffolds and its cell culture
performances ................................................................................................. 123
5.1 Experimental Procedure............................................................................ 123
5.2 Results and Discussion ............................................................................. 123
5.2.1 Silica particles and size distribution ................................................. 123
5.2.2 Nanoparticle assembly and surface morphology .............................. 125
5.2.3 Surface chemical components............................................................ 126
-VII-
5.2.4 Atomic force microscope ................................................................... 129
5.2.5 Surface wettability ............................................................................. 129
5.2.6 Cytotoxicity ........................................................................................ 130
5.2.7 Osteoblast cell culture ....................................................................... 132
5.2.8 Cell morphology ................................................................................ 133
5.2.9 Alkaline Phosphatase activity ............................................................ 137
5.3 Conclusions .............................................................................................. 145
6. Deposition of apatite on inter-bonded 3D fibrous scaffolds and its effect
on cell performances ..................................................................................... 146
6.1 Experimental Procedure............................................................................ 146
6.2 Results and Discussion ............................................................................. 147
6.2.1 Plasma treatment ............................................................................... 147
6.2.2 Surface morphology ........................................................................... 150
6.2.3 Apatite formation ............................................................................... 152
6.2.4 Water contact angle ........................................................................... 154
6.2.5 Cytotoxicity study............................................................................... 156
6.2.6 Cell morphology, distribution and migration .................................... 158
6.2.7 Cell proliferation ............................................................................... 164
6.2.8 Alkaline phosphate activity ................................................................ 166
6.3 Conclusions .............................................................................................. 177
7. Inter-bonded 3D fibrous scaffolds with antibacterial surface coating and
cell growth performances ............................................................................. 178
7.1 Experimental Procedure............................................................................ 178
7.2 Results and Discussion ............................................................................. 179
7.2.1 Electroless plating of silver ............................................................... 179
7.2.2 Electrostatic assembly of PAA-PHMB .............................................. 187
7.2.3 Comparison ....................................................................................... 198
7.3 Conclusion ................................................................................................ 198
8. Summary and Outlook ............................................................................. 200
8.1 Conclusions .............................................................................................. 200
8.2 Suggestion for Future Work ..................................................................... 201
-VIII-
References ...................................................................................................... 203
-IX-
LIST OF FIGURES
Fig.2.1. Schematic illustration of tissue engineering [2] ................................... 8
Fig.2.2. Schematic Diagram of basic dynamic seeding methods, a) spinner
flask, b) filtration method, c) rotary method, d) ultrasonic assisted method, e)
centrifugation force assisted method, f) vacuum assisted method and g)
magnetic force assisted method. ....................................................................... 13
Fig.2.3.Schematic diagram of bioreactor culture system, a) perfusion system,
b) pulsatile flow system.[32] ............................................................................ 14
Fig.2.4. Conventional methods to fabricate 3D scaffolds, a) salt leaching, b)
phase separation, c) gas foaming.[110] ............................................................ 20
Fig.2.5. Schematic diagrams of setups of different rapid prototyping techniques,
a) sterolithography, b) 3D printing, c) selective laser sintering, d) fused
deposition modelling. [152] .............................................................................. 23
Fig.2.6. Schematic representations of a) structural cell printing where both
scaffold and cells are printed simultaneously or serially, and b) conformal cell
printing where cells alone are printed onto thin layers of prefabricated scaffold.
[176] .................................................................................................................. 26
Fig.2.7. a) Flow chart for fabrication of a polymer tubular scaffold, b) a cross-
sectional view of the hybrid scaffolding construct. Scale bar is 100μm. [184] 27
Fig.2.8. a) A hybrid process combining direct polymer melt deposition and
electrospinning, b) Photograph of the overall 3D structure, c) the hybrid basic
unit layer composed of microfibres and nanofibres, d) and e) images in higher
magnifications. [185] ........................................................................................ 27
Fig.2.9. A setup combining 3D plotting and electrospinning systems [186] ... 28
-X-
Fig.2.10. a) Schematic diagram of a hybrid electrospinning process, b) and c)
photographs of the hybrid structure from (b) front view and (c) side view, d)
and e) surface (d) and cross-section (e) morphologies of the hybrid fibrous
structure [187] ................................................................................................... 29
Fig.2.11. a) Schematic diagram of the hierarchical organisation of 3D
structures, b) 3D PCL mesh dried at room temperature, c) 3D PCL mesh
prepared by freeze drying in a cylinder with visible pores, d) SEM image of
dense yarn scaffolds, e) SEM image of 3D scaffold surface with distinctly
isolated yarns made out of aligned nanofibres. [188] ....................................... 29
Fig.2.12. a) Schematic illustration of three PLGA/collagen hybrid scaffolds.
Black; PLGA knitted mesh; Gray: type I collagen sponge. b) SEM observation
of THIN, SEMI, and SANDWICH PLGA/collagen hybrid scaffolds. A, B, C:
top view of the THIN scaffolds; D, G: top view of the SEMI and SANDWICH
scaffolds, respectively; E, H: bottom view of the SEMI and SANDWICH
scaffolds, respectively; F, I: cross-sectional view of the SEMI and
SANDWICH scaffolds, respectively. [189] ..................................................... 30
Fig.2.13. Schematic illustration of macro- and micro- porous 3D scaffolds a)
SEM image of the co-continuous blend after selective extraction of one
component, b) SEM image of the structure after gas foaming,c) SEM image of
the scaffold prepared by the selective extraction of one component from the
foamed structure. [190] ..................................................................................... 31
Fig.2.14. a) Fibre architecture of an orthogonally woven 3D structure. 3D
structures were woven by interlocking multiple layers of two perpendicularly
oriented sets of in-plane fibres (x- or warp direction, and y- or weft direction)
with a third set of fibres in the z-direction. a) Schematic diagram, b) surface
view of the X–Y plane (scanning electron microscope), c) cross-sectional view
of the Y–Z plane, d) cross-sectional view of the X–Z plane [121] .................. 34
Fig.2.15. a) A cross-section view of rapid prototyping structure and its
traditional 3D micro-CT structure of b) fibre and c) void. ............................... 35
-XI-
Fig.2.16. Illustration of a) weft knitting and b) warp knitting structures [224] 36
Fig.2.17. a) Traditional nonwoven fabric processings. An oriented
multifilament yarn was produced by polymer extrusion, then the yarns was
crimped, cut, carded into a lofty web, and further form nonwoven mesh. To
improve the dimensional stability, barbed needles, high pressure water, or heat
was used to entangle the fibres and lock them together; b) wet spinning
technique: polymer solution was spun into a coagulation bath to form
nonwoven structure scaffold simultaneously. This method was used to
fabricate starch-base nonwoven scaffolds [287]; c) melt spinning directly to
web. Polymer pellets were fed into the die, the polymer melt was then extruded
into thin polymer fibres under the heat and air flow. The thin fibres arrange
randomly to form nonwoven mat without further processing [285, 288]; d)
Electrospinning process, polymer solution was extruded into micro-fibre mat
though the force between high voltage and low voltage. By changing the
process condition, such as the concentration of polymer solution, the applied
voltage, the collect distance, various structures can be produced. ................... 39
Fig.2.18. Various nano-structured surfaces, a) nanopits [314], b) nanoparticles
[315], c) nanowires [316], d) nanogrooves, e) nanoridges, f) sharp-tip
nanoridges, g) nanocrystals [317], h) nanorods, and i) nanofibres [318]. ........ 42
Fig.2.19. PLLA film treated with different plasma voltages, a) plain surface;
b), c) and d) plasma treatment to form 70 nm to 100 nm nano-featured
surfaces. [13]..................................................................................................... 43
Fig.2.20. Scheme of template methods. a) Overturning method to form
nanopits, b) directly deposition method to form concaves [321] ..................... 44
Fig.2.21. Diagram of REBL nano-writer concept [322] .................................. 45
Fig.2.22. Chemical etching to get submicro-or nano-structured surfaces [308]
.......................................................................................................................... 46
-XII-
Fig.2.23. AFM images of islands formed using different polymer blends, a)
20% w/w poly(p-bromostyrene): 80% w/w poly(styrene), b) 60% w/w poly(p-
bromostyrene): 40% w/w poly(styrene,c) 80% w/w poly(p-bromostyrene):
20% w/w poly(styrene), d) AFM image of 45 nm high PS/PBrS islands,e)
AFM image of 50 nm high PS/PnBMA islands [331] ...................................... 47
Fig.2.24. SEM images of untreated cotton fabric (a and b) and cotton fabrics
assembled with (PAH/SiO2)n multilayers: (c) n = 1, (d) n = 3, (e) n = 5, and (f)
n=7 [334]. ......................................................................................................... 47
Fig.2.25. Apatite coatings with different morphologies, a) and b) apatite
precursor spheres, c) and d) plate-like apatite, e) and f) small plate-like apatite
formed, g) and h) conventional apatite formed after immersing in SBF for 1
and 14 days, respectively.[346] ........................................................................ 49
Fig.2.26. Structure of PHMB ........................................................................... 53
Fig.3.1. a) Vacuum plasma surface treatment unit, b) the plasma treatment
zone ................................................................................................................... 58
Fig.3.2. Cell morphology of fibroblasts (a, and a’) on TCP under low and high
magnification at 37ºC and CHO (b) on coverslip. ............................................ 63
Fig.3.3. Cell morphology of hFOB 1.19 (a, a’ and a”) and Saos-2 (b, b’ and b”)
on TCP under low and high magnification at 34 ºC and 37 ºC ........................ 63
Fig.3.4. Confocal microscope unit ................................................................... 67
Fig.3.5. Flow chart indicating static anti-bacterial study ................................. 70
Fig.3.6. Flow chart showing dynamic anti-bacterial study .............................. 72
Fig.3.7. MESDAN micrometer for fabric thickness measurement .................. 73
Fig.3.8. Mechanical testing machine ................................................................ 75
Fig.3.9. CAM101 KSV contact angle meter .................................................... 76
-XIII-
Fig.3.10. Setup for water hydraulic permeability testing ................................. 76
Fig.3.11. Vertex 70 FTIR spectrophotometer .................................................. 77
Fig.3.12. Malvern Zetasizer 3000 dynamic light scattering ............................. 78
Fig.3.13. DH-2000-BAL photo-spectroscopy .................................................. 80
Fig.4.1. Flow chart for preparation of fibrous matrices ................................... 82
Fig.4.2. Distribution of the as-prepared short fibre length and diameter, a)
diameter distribution, b) length distribution ..................................................... 83
Fig.4.3. Particle size distribution of sucrose powders ...................................... 84
Fig.4.4. Scheme of fibrous structure formation ................................................ 85
Fig.4.5. DSC curve of PCL pellets, fibres and inter-bonded fibrous matrices . 85
Fig.4.6. Tensile stress-strain curve of scaffolds with different processing
temperatures ...................................................................................................... 86
Fig.4.7. Fibre morphology changes with processing temperatures .................. 87
Fig.4.8. Stress-strain curves of fibrous matrices made from PCL fibres with
different fibre diameters ................................................................................... 87
Fig.4.9. Stress-strain curves of fibrous matrices with different fibre–to-sugar
ratios ................................................................................................................. 88
Fig.4.10. Possible matrix breaking modes, matrix prepared by a) 1/5(wt/wt)
fibre/sugar, b) 1/10 (wt/wt) fibre/sugar, c) 1/20 (wt/wt) fibre/sugar, d) 1/30
(wt/wt) fibre/sugar ............................................................................................ 89
Fig.4.11. Digital photo of the PCL matrices produced from different
fibre/sugar ratios ............................................................................................... 90
-XIV-
Fig.4.12. SEM images of PCL matrices produced at different fibre/sugar ratios
in the view of front and side, a) and a’) are front and side view of PCL-5, b)
and b’) are PCL-10, c) and c’) are PCL-20, d) and d’) are PCL-30. Scale bar =
250 μm .............................................................................................................. 91
Fig.4.13. μ-CT images of the four fibrous matrices (isometric view of whole,
isometric and front view of magnified central part), scale bar =250μm. ......... 93
Fig.4.14. 2D cross-section images of a) PCL-5, b) PCL-10, c) PCL-20 and d)
PCL-30 in the order of x-y, y-z, and x-z directions from left to right, scale
bar=500μm. ...................................................................................................... 94
Fig.4.15. Pore size, porosity, pore interconnectivity and surface-to-volume
ratio of the four fibrous matrices. ..................................................................... 95
Fig.4.16. Mechanical properties of four different fibrous scaffolds, a) in
elongation mode, and b) in compression mode ................................................ 96
Fig.4.17. Comparison of tensile stress-strain curves between the fibrous
matrices and normal nonwoven matrices, in which PCL-5(1) and PCL-5(2) are
in elongation mode tested in two different directions. PCL-30(1) and PCL-
30(2) are also tested in two different directions. Nonwoven 1 is needle-
punched nonwoven. Its tensile strength was also tested in two directions
(machine and width). Nonwoven 2 is lab-made non-bonded nonwoven fabric.
.......................................................................................................................... 97
Fig.4.18. Water contact angles, hydraulic permeability and water binding
capability of matrix samples (PCL-5, PCL-10, PCL-20 and PCL-30) ............. 99
Fig.4.19. Cell viability of fibroblasts growing in the extract of the scaffolding
materials (p>0.05) ........................................................................................... 100
Fig.4.20. Relationship between seeding volume and seeding efficiency ....... 101
Fig.4.21. Influence of shaking speed of orbital shaker on seeding efficiency 102
-XV-
Fig.4.22. Influence of rotating speed of blood roller on seeding efficiency .. 103
Fig.4.23. Influence of stirring speed of spinner flask on seeding efficiency .. 103
Fig.4.24. Confocal microscopic images of CHO cells seeded by static and
dynamic methods. From top to bottom, images were taken with different
magnifications. The bottom images were taken under white light. ................ 105
Fig.4.25. Morphology of dynamic seeded (a, c, e) and static seeded (b, d, f)
CHO cells, a & b are 3 days, c & d are 7 days, e& f are 14 days. .................. 106
Fig.4.26. Comparison of cell number in fibrous matrices between dynamic
seeding and static seeding methods ................................................................ 107
Fig.4.27. CHO cells in fibrous scaffolds (PCL-20) after a) 3 days, b) 7 days, c)
14 days, and d) 21 days of culture. e) CHO cells after 14 days of growing on
PCL film under the same culture condition. (Cells were fixed with OsO4, and
images were taken from front or back of samples. All scale bar = 50 μm. .... 110
Fig.4.28. Fibroblast cells on fibrous scaffolds (PCL-20) after a) 3days, b) 7
days, c) 14 days, and d) 21 days of culture. e) Fibroblast cells after 14 days of
growing on PCL film under the same culture condition. (Cells were fixed with
OsO4, and images were taken from front or back of samples. All scale bar = 50
μm. .................................................................................................................. 112
Fig.4.29. Confocal microscopic images of CHO cells on PCL fibrous matrix
(PCL-10). The cells were fluorescently stained in red for the actin filaments
and in blue for the nuclei. a) showed cells distribute randomly, b) showed cells
ranged orderly along the fibre, c) is the magnified images indicated clearly cell
shape, d) is image with long magnification verified cell distribution in the
matrices. .......................................................................................................... 113
Fig.4.30. Confocal microscopic images of fibroblasts on PCL fibrous matrix
(PCL-10). The cells were fluorescently stained in red for the actin filaments
and in blue for the nuclei. a)-a”) are images with high magnification. b)-b”) are
-XVI-
images with low magnification, in which a) showing cell growing along the
fibre, a’) indicating cells can bridge between fibres, a”) demonstrated one
whole fibroblasts cell with clear shape; b) is image presenting nuclei only, b’)
is image expressing actin filaments only, b”) is images stacked by b) and b’)
scale bar=50μm............................................................................................... 115
Fig.4.31. Confocal microscopic cross-section slices of CHO cells on PCL-10 at
various z positions (the image were taken every 40 μm throughout the whole
scaffold thickness nearly 300 μm) (PCL-10 after 21 day culture of CHO cells)
Scale bar = 250 μm ......................................................................................... 116
Fig.4.32. Confocal microscopic cross-section slices of CHO cells on PCL-20 at
various z positions (the image were taken every 40 μm throughout the whole
scaffold thickness nearly 300 μm) (PCL-10 after 21 day culture of CHO cells)
Scale bar = 250 μm ......................................................................................... 116
Fig.4.33. micro-CT images of 3D scaffolds with and without cells inside .... 117
Fig.4.34. MTS assay of CHO and fibroblasts on fibrous matrices................. 117
Fig.4.35. CHO cells cultured on 2D plates for three days .............................. 119
Fig.5.1. a) SEM images of synthesised silica nanoparticles, b) histogram of
particle size distribution measured from SEM image, and c) histogram of
particle size distribution obtained by DLS. .................................................... 124
Fig.5.2 SEM images of control (a and a’), 1 bilayer (b and b’), 3 bilayers (c
and c’) and 5 bilayers (d and d’) self-assembled fibre samples. The scale bars
for images a-d are 10 μm, and for images a’-d’ are 200 nm. ......................... 126
Fig.5.3. ATR-FTIR spectra of control and surface modified samples ........... 126
Fig.5.4. XPS spectra of PCL fibrous samples a) non-treated, b) treated with
NaOH solution, c) treated with both NaOH and thin layer of nano-SiO2 ...... 127
-XVII-
Fig.5.5. High resolution XPS C1s spectra of a) Pristine control sample, b)
NaOH treated sample, c) nano-SiO2 modified sample ................................... 129
Fig.5.6. AFM images of control and surface modified samples. a) pristine
sample, b) 1 bilayer modified sample,c) 3 bilayers modified sample, d) 5
bilayers modified sample. ............................................................................... 129
Fig.5.7. Surface water contact angle before and after surface coating, a) control
sample, b) 1 bilayer, c) 3 bilayers, and d) 5 bilayers coating samples; e) water
contact angle changing with contact time. ...................................................... 130
Fig.5.8. Cell viability of fibroblasts growing in the extract of the scaffolding
materials, bar chart indicates the mean cell number, and the line chart
displayed cell viability. Values shown are the means of three measurements on
individual specimens. Error bars show ± standard deviation (p>0.05). ......... 130
Fig.5.9. Cell morphology of fibroblasts growing in the extract of scaffolds after
culture for three days, a) control, b) 1 bilayer, c) 3 bilayers, and d) 5 bilayers;
The scale bar for images a-d are 500 μm, and for images a’-d’ are 100 μm. . 131
Fig.5.10. Mean cell number changes of hFOB 1.19 on different scaffolds as a
function of time. Values shown are means ± standard deviation. * p<0.05
versus 3DC at day 3, † p<0.05 versus 3DC at day 7. ..................................... 133
Fig.5.11. Confocal images of hFOB 1.19 on scaffolds for culture 1, 3, and 7
days (from left to right), a) control, b) 1 bilayer, c) 3 bilayers, d) 5 bilayers
(from top to bottom). The cells were fluorescently stained in red for the actin
filaments and in blue for the nuclei. Scale bar = 100 μm. .............................. 134
Fig.5.12. Cell morphology of hFOB 1.19 on scaffolds after 3 days and 7 days
of culture, a) control-3days, b) 1 bilayer-3days, c) 3 bilayers-3days, d) 5
bilayers-3days, e) control-7days, f) 1 bilayer-7days, g) 3 bilayers-7days, h) 5
bilayers-7days. Scale bar = 2 μm. ................................................................... 136
-XVIII-
Fig.5.13. Alkaline phosphate content of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and
control samples as a function of time (3 days, 7 days, 10 days, 14 days), *p
<0.05 versus 3D control samples and 2D TCP at corresponding day, † p<0.05
versus results on day 7. ................................................................................... 138
Fig.5.14. Formation of apatite on the silica nanoparticle coated PCL fibrous
matrices surface after immersing into 1×SBF for 7 days. a) & a’) pristine
control sample, b) & b’) silica treated samples just after self assembly, c) & c’)
silica treated samples after immersing in 1×SBF for 3 days, d) & d’) silica
treated samples after immersing in 1×SBF for 21days. .................................. 139
Fig.5.15. Stained ALP of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control samples
at day 3, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica treated
sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus
stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus stain
together. .......................................................................................................... 141
Fig.5.16. Stained ALP images of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control
samples at day 7, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica
treated sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and
nucleus stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus
stain together. .................................................................................................. 142
Fig.5.17. Stained ALP images of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control
samples at day 10, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica
treated sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and
nucleus stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus
stain together. .................................................................................................. 143
Fig.5.18. Stained ALP images of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control
samples at day 14, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica
treated sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and
nucleus stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus
stain together. .................................................................................................. 144
-XIX-
Fig.6.1. XPS survey spectra of a) pristine PCL matrix and b) after N2 plasma
treatment ......................................................................................................... 147
Fig.6.2. Curve-fitted XPS spectra of C1s and N1s, a) pristine control sample, b
& c) N2 plasma treated samples ...................................................................... 149
Fig.6.3. Surface morphology of PCL fibres after soaking in SBF solution for 3
days, a & a’) pristine control matrix, b & b’) N2 plasma treated sample. ...... 150
Fig.6.4. Surface morphology of PCL fibres after soaking in SBF solution for
21 days, a & a’) pristine control sample, b & b’) N2 plasma treated sample. 151
Fig.6.5. SEM images of the PCL matrices after N2 plasma treatment and
soaking in 10× SBF for 4 and 24 hours. a & a’) soaking for 4hrs, b & b’)
soaking for 24hrs. ........................................................................................... 152
Fig.6.6. SEM-EDX scanning results of the apatite treated PCL fibre samples, a)
soaking in 1×SBF solution, b) soaking in 10×SBF solution. ......................... 153
Fig.6.7. Ca and P ion concentration changes in 1×SBF and 10×SBF solutions
as a function of time ....................................................................................... 154
Fig.6.8. Surface water contact angles before and after N2 plasma treatment, a)
control sample, b) N2 plasma treated sample.................................................. 155
Fig.6.9. Water contact angles of the PCL matrices as a function of soaking
time, a) 1×SBF, b) 10×SBF. ........................................................................... 156
Fig.6.10. Cell cytotoxicity results using fibroblast cells, the bar shows mean
live/dead cell number after 3 day culture; the line indicates the mean cell
viability (p>0.05). ........................................................................................... 157
Fig.6.11. Fibroblast morphology after cultivation for 3 days in the extract
media of different samples, a) Control, b) O2 plasma treated, c) N2 plasma
treated. ............................................................................................................ 158
-XX-
Fig.6.12. Morphology of hFOB1.19 and Saos-2 cells grown on PCL fibrous
matrices after 7 days of culture, a &a’) hFOB1.19 on control, b & b’)
hFOB1.19 on apatite treated samples; c & c’) Saos-2 on control samples, d& d’)
Saos-2 on apatite treated samples. Cells were stained with 1% toluidine blue in
2% borax and 0.04% methylene blue. The scale bar for images a-d is 500 μm,
and for images a’-d’ is 100 μm. ...................................................................... 159
Fig.6.13. Morphologies of hFOB1.19 and Saos-2 cells in different culture
periods, a1~3) hFOB1.19 on apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days
and 14 days of culturing; c) hFOB1.19 on control samples 14 days of culturing;
b-1~3) Saos-2 on apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days and 14
days of culturing; d) Saos-2 on control samples after 14 days. ...................... 161
Fig.6.14. hFOB1.19 cultured on PCL fibrous samples at different culturing
times, a-1~4) on control samples after 1 day, 3 days and 7 days, and 14 days
of culturing; b-1~4) on the apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days
and 14 days of culturing; scale bar = 10 μm.................................................. 163
Fig.6.15. Saos-2 cultured on PCL fibrous samples at different culturing times,
a-1~4) on control samples after 1 day, 3 days and 7 days, and 14 days of
culturing; b-1~4) on the apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days and
14 days of culturing; scale bar = 10 μm ......................................................... 164
Fig.6.16. Proliferation of osteoblastic cells on PCL matrices with or without
apatite coating ................................................................................................. 165
Fig.6.17. ALP activity of Saos-2 and hFOB1.19 on different samples .......... 167
Fig.6.18. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 3, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 169
-XXI-
Fig.6.19. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 7, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 170
Fig.6.20. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 10, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 171
Fig.6.21. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 14, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 172
Fig.6.22. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 3, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 173
Fig.6.23. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 7, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 174
Fig.6.24. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 10, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
-XXII-
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 175
Fig.6.25. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous
samples at day 14, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’)
apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with
ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP
and nucleus stained together. .......................................................................... 176
Fig.7.1. Photographs of PCL matrices with silver coated surfaces. The scale
bar=100μm. ..................................................................................................... 179
Fig.7.2. Photographic and SEM images of PCL matrices, a) uncoated PCL
matrix; b & c) PCL matrices coated with silver nanoparticles at different
plating times (low & high); d) untreated PCL matrix; e & f) Ag-coated PCL
matrices in low and high magnification.......................................................... 180
Fig.7.3. TEM images of Ag-plated PCL matrices. The silver coating layer is
around 100~120 nm in thickness. ................................................................... 181
Fig.7.4. Particle size distribution histograms tested by a) SEM image and b)
DLS (dynamic light scattering) ...................................................................... 182
Fig.7.5. XRD pattern of Ag coated PCL matrix ............................................. 182
Fig.7.6. UV-Vis spectra of Ag solution released from the coated fibrous
samples with single layer coating as a function of soaking time .................... 182
Fig.7.7. Antibacterial efficacy of different sample groups as a function of time
(Escherichia coli , E.coli)................................................................................ 183
Fig.7.8. Effects of nanoparticles on Escherichia coli (E.coli), a) after contact
with the Ag-coated PCL fibrous matrix for 7 hours, cell surface was
surrounded by Ag particles; b) E.coli cells had an irregular surface (cellular
shrinkage). ...................................................................................................... 184
-XXIII-
Fig.7.9. Cytotoxicity test results by culturing fibroblasts in extract liquids
from the Ag-plated fibrous samples and control samples (p>0.05) ............... 185
Fig.7.10. MTS results of fibroblasts cultured on PCL matrices and nAg-
anchored PCL matrices ................................................................................... 186
Fig.7.11. Visible spectra of the stained fibre samples with different PHMB
layers ............................................................................................................... 187
Fig.7.12. FTIR spectra of PCL fibrous samples before and after PHMB
assembling ...................................................................................................... 188
Fig.7.13. Water contact angles of different layers of PHMB coated films .... 189
Fig.7.14. Visible spectra of the PHMB-coated samples before and after
sterilising treatment, Inserted images were digital photos of the corresponding
samples. .......................................................................................................... 190
Fig.7.15. Bacterial growth and antibacterial rate of fibrous matrices having
different layers of PHMB treated samples after 4hrs contact ......................... 191
Fig.7.16. Bacterial growth as a function of time ............................................ 192
Fig.7.17. Cell viability results of the fibrous samples with different layers of
PHMB (p>0.05) .............................................................................................. 192
Fig.7.18. Cell growth morphology, a) & a’) on control samples, and on the
PHMB assembled fibrous samples with b) & b’) 1 layer PHMB coating, c) &
c’) 1 bilayer PHMB/PAA coating, d) & d’) 3 bilayers PHMB coating, e) & e’)
5 bilayers PHMB coating and f) & f’) 7 bilayers PHMB coating .................. 193
Fig.7.19. Mean cell number of fibroblasts on different samples after 7 days of
cell culturing ................................................................................................... 194
Fig.7.20. Confocal microscopic images of fibroblasts after 7 days of cell
culture, a) pristine fibre sample, and the fibrous sample with b) 1 PHMB layer,
-XXIV-
c) 1 PHMB/PAA bilayer, d) 3 PHMB/PAA bilayers, e) 5 PHMB/PAA bilayers,
f) 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers. Scale bar = 100 μm ........................................... 195
Fig.7.21. SEM images of fibroblasts after 7 days of culturing on fibrous
matrices, a) pristine fibre sample, and the fibrous sample with b) 1 PHMB
layer, c) 1 PHMB/PAA bilayer, d) 3 PHMB/PAA bilayers, e) 5 PHMB/PAA
bilayers, f) 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers. Scale bar = 100 μm .............................. 196
Fig.7.22. Fibroblast number on the control and the PHMB assembled (7
bilayers) samples. ........................................................................................... 197
Fig.7.23. SEM images of fibroblasts after 3 and 7 days of culture, a) pristine
fibre sample-3 days’ culture, b) pristine fibre sample-7 days’ culture, c) fibrous
sample with 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers-3 days’ culture, and d) fibrous sample
with 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers-3 days’ culture. Scale bar = 50 μm .................. 198
-XXV-
LIST OF TABLES
Table 3.1. Ion Concentrations of the SBFs and Human Blood Plasma in Total
and Dissociated Amounts ................................................................................. 59
Table 4.1. Densities of different matrix samples ............................................. 90
Table 6.1. Elemental contents of the fibrous matrices before and after plasma
treatment ......................................................................................................... 148
-XXVI-
ABSTRACT
Scaffolds in tissue engineering play a crucial role in guiding cell growth and
tissue generation. Fibrous materials have been shown advantageous as tissue
engineering scaffolds because of the large surface area, high porosity and
excellent pore interconnectivity. However, fibrous materials are typically
unstable in pore size and morphology due to the lack of effective bonding
between fibres, and they also have difficulty in pore size controlling. This
remains a big challenge in scaffold fabrication. The functional surface of
scaffolds could further enhance cell performance. For example, nano-scaled
topography surface could assist in cell attachment, adhesion, proliferation and
even differentiation; scaffolds with a bioactive surface assists in cell-substrate
interaction; antibacterial agents could be employed in scaffolds to protect cells
and tissues from infection. So it is important to pursue a suitable surface for
successful scaffold in clinical application also.
This PhD project focuses on establishing a three-dimensional (3D) fibrous
tissue scaffold that has controlled pore size and inter-bonded fibrous structures,
and examining the effects of the 3D fibrous matrices and functional fibre
surfaces on the cell growth behaviour.
To realize it, the 3D fibrous matrices were prepared by combining melting
bonding of synthetic fibres with a template leaching technique. Short
polycaprolactone (PCL) fibres were used for decreasing fibre-fibre
entanglement and conferring isotropic structures. Sugar powder was used as
the template to create large pores in the fibrous structure. The as-prepared 3D
fibrous inter-bonded structure was proved to have desirable pore structures
combining small pores and large pores. Pore size and porosity could be
variable with different processing parameters, and the pores were well-
interconnected. The mechanical properties and stability also were superior to
normal nonwoven mat. Permeability of media inside the scaffolds was
-XXVII-
excellent as well. In-vitro cell culture experiments showed that Chinese
hamster ovary (CHO) and fibroblast cells healthily grew inside the scaffolds.
Nano-scaled surface was created on the 3D inter-bonded scaffolds for
improvement of cell functions. Layer-by-layer electrostatic self-assembly
technique was used to form a nano-structured surface on the scaffolds.
Experimental results revealed that the surface wettability increased after
coating silica nanoparticles on the PCL fibre surface, and the surface roughness
was also improved with the increase of coating layers. This nano-structured
surface dramatically enhanced cell attachment and cell proliferation. Alkaline
phosphatase (ALP) activity study also showed that the nano-structured surface
improved osteoconductivity and osteoindustivity.
To obtain a bioactive surface, apatite was applied to the 3D inter-bonded
fibrous scaffolds through pre-treating the scaffolds with vacuum plasma
followed by soaking them in simulated body fluid (SBF) solution. The plasma
treatment increased the surface reactivity, offering surface with good water
absorptive ability. Thus when the scaffold was soaked in SBF solution, the
plasma treatment was found to speed up the apatite nucleation and deposition.
The apatite-coated scaffolds showed improvement in cell attachment.
Osteoblastic cells were observed to proliferate and differentiate better in the
apatite-coated 3D fibrous scaffold compared to the untreated control.
In the last part, silver and polyhexamethylene biguanide hydrochloride (PHMB)
were chosen as antibacterial agents to increase the anti-infection ability. Using
electroless plating and layer-by-layer electrostatic self-assembling methods,
silver and PHMB could be respectively applied to the fibrous matrices. The
treated scaffolds showed ability to effectively kill bacteria. However, silver-
treated scaffolds were only good for short time cell growth. The PHMB treated
samples can support the normal growth of cells for 2 weeks.
-XXVIII-
Overall, in this thesis, a novel fibrous scaffold was established for potential
tissue engineering application. The fibrous scaffold with a functionalised
surface enhanced cell performance.
-1-
C H A P T E R O N E
Introduction
1.1 Significance and research problems Tissue engineering is a modern tissue replacement and therapy technology
involving using scaffolds to support cell growth in vitro which is then
implanted into body for possible tissue replacement. The success of tissue
engineering is highly dependent on materials, cell culture, engineering, and
biological technologies. Tissue scaffolds as a key component of tissue
engineering must meet the structure (e.g. shape, pore size, porosity, pore
interconnectivity), mechanical (e.g. load bearing or non-load bearing), surface
and functional criteria so that the cells can grow as if they are in the native
environment.
The future trends of tissue engineering will be based on using biodegradable
polymer-based scaffolds because they can be biodegraded in the body while
the new tissue is formed, which avoids the immune-reaction in the long-term
implantation. They also show advantages in areas such as easy processing and
property optimization.
Recently, fibrous materials have been studied extensively in the tissue
engineering field. In comparison with other porous tissue scaffolds, fibrous
materials have unique features such as high surface area, large porosity, and
well-interconnected pore structures. The main issues for the fibrous scaffolds
are the lack of strength for load bearing tissue applications, and the insufficient
thickness for 3D scaffolding applications.
Nonwoven materials have good pore interconnectivity and porosity. Their
large surface area also assists in cell attachment. Moreover, the nonwoven
technique is cost-effective compared to other fibre processing techniques.
Some nonwovens have been used in tissue engineering therapy. However, the
existing nonwoven technique meets problems with controlling the pore size,
-2-
forming stable pore structure and having adequate mechanical strength in all
matrix directions.
The key to forming stable pores in nonwoven is to make fibres bond together.
This is relatively easy to be achieved through melt or solvent bonding of the
fibres. Conventionally, the pore size and porosity of a nonwoven can be
adjusted in a very small range through the control of fibre diameter and
nonwoven material density.
Particle leaching is another technology to prepare porous materials. The porous
structure in this technology is constructed through adding particulate materials
to a polymer, followed by leaching off the particles after the polymer material
is solidified. The pore size and porosity are controllable through particle size
and the ratio between particulate template and polymer. However, the main
issue for particle leaching technique is that the porous structures produced have
low pore-interactivity. The first question of this thesis is:
Research question 1: Whether the pore size, porosity and isotropic
mechanical strength of a nonwoven tissue scaffold can be controlled by
combining conventional nonwoven with a particle leaching technology?
Surface topography of a scaffold has close relationship with the cell attachment,
adhesion, proliferation and differentiation. Topography itself also has an
indirect influence on surface wettability, which affects protein absorption and
media accessibility. It is believed that nano-scaled structure can mimic native
extracellular matrix, which could be more effective in cell function. Nano-
scaled topography surface can improve not only the cell attachment and
adhesion, but also the cell spreading and sometimes proliferation. Nano-sized
patterns on the surfaces could direct the cell elongation and growth as well.
Many technologies have been used to modify the surface to understand the
influence of surface roughness and biochemistry characteristic on cell growth,
however, most of the studies are based on 2D films or membranes. The
understanding of nano-surface in 3D tissue scaffold structures is still limited.
-3-
Layer-by-layer electrostatic self-assembly has been used widely in the
biomedical field for incorporation of bio-molecules into scaffolds. This
technique offers the possibility to control the coating quantity and coating
thickness. The second question to be answered in this thesis is:
Research question 2: Can layer-by-layer self-assembly technique be used
to deposit nano-structured coating on 3D fibrous scaffold and how the self-
assembled coating influences the cell growth?
As mentioned, the surface chemistry plays a key role in determining the cell-
substrate interaction and associated cell attachment, adhesion and proliferation.
Surface biochemistry activity also affects the tissue integration into the target
body during the implantation. How to get a bioactive surface or improve the
scaffold bioactivity for 3D scaffold is still a hot topic in tissue engineering.
Hydroxyapatite is a bioactive component to enhance biocompatibility,
bioactivity and osteoconductivity. Introducing apatite to scaffold surface can
effectively enhance the integration between scaffold and host tissue. Among all
the techniques on introducing apatite to surface, soaking in a simulated body
fluid (SBF) solution is the best because it leads to amorphous apatite similar to
the natural bone. The problem for SBF soaking method is that it usually
requires a long soaking time to get a layer of sufficient apatite thickness on the
polymer surface.
Plasma technique can be used to modify surface properties. After plasma
treatment, the surface changes not only in chemical component, but also in
electrical charges. The surface wettability can also be improved. Plasma
treatment can introduce active groups onto polymer surface, which can be used
to further graft functional molecules. In this project, plasma technique was
used to accelerate the processing of apatite nucleation generation when dipping
into SBF solution.
Then it comes to the third research question:
-4-
Research question 3: Can vacuum plasma technique be used to speed up
the apatite deposition on 3D fibrous matrices? How does the plasma
induced apatite coating affect the growth of osteoblastic cells within 3D
fibrous matrices?
Infection is a fatal factor leading to failure of implantation. The importance of
bacterial infection has not been realised in the tissue engineering area. Normal
sterilising methods including 70% ethanol, UV irradiation or ionizing radiation
are either time consuming/costly, or not suitable for polymer scaffolds, and
they may not be able to prevent bacteria from invading the matrix.
Surface antibacterial treatment is a convenient method to prevent cells from
infection. For this purpose, antibacterial agents could be useful. So the last
research question of this PhD project is:
Research question 4: Could antibacterial agent be applied to 3D fibrous
scaffolds? How do the antibacterial agents influence the cell culture
performance?
In general, this PhD project aims to develop better 3D fibrous tissue scaffolds
and understand the interactions of 3D fibrous structure, surface structure and
activity and cell growth attributes. The ultimate aim is to find ideal artificial
scaffolds mimicking the native extracellular matrix in both structure and
function to best support cell growth and function.
1.2 Specific aims Soft fibres are difficult to mix uniformly with particles because the fibre-fibre
entanglement prevents the fibres from blending efficiently with particles. The
fibre-fibre entanglement can be reduced by shortening the fibre length. It has
been established that when the fibre length is reduced to less than 2 mm, the
fibre entanglement is diminished considerably. When short fibres are mixed
with particles, the fibres could also orient in any possible directions. If such a
short fibre-particle mixture is heated to a certain extent, the fibre component
-5-
could be melt, while the particle component still stays in a solid state. The
fibres will be bonded together only in the contacting parts, therefore forming
an inter-connected fibrous network. By dissolving the particles from the melt
bonded mixture, a nonwoven fibrous structure could be produced, and the pore
size and porosity could be controlled through the particle size and the
fibre/particle ratio. The first aim of this PhD research project is:
Specific aim 1: Development of pore-stabilised 3D nonwoven fibrous tissue
scaffolds by using short synthetic fibres and soluble particles as materials,
and controlling the pore size and porosity through particle size and
fibre/particle ratio.
In this project, Polycaprolactone (PCL) will be used as a model polymer to
build 3D fibrous scaffolds. Sugar powder will be used as template materials.
The reasons for using PCL and sugar as fibre and template materials are that
PCL is thermoplastic and biodegradable polymer, which allows melt
processing and being degraded for scaffolds fabrication and application. Sugar
is a non-toxic chemical, thus it wouldn’t bring any side-effect to scaffolds even
with incomplete removal.
The surface features from 3D fibrous matrices can be modified for cell
attachment. If a hydrophobic polymer is used, the water repellent porous
feature makes it difficult for nutrients to be introduced. Silica nanoparticles are
known to have very good water wettability. If silica nanoparticles are applied
on to the surface of hydorphobic fibres, surface wettability of the whole matrix
could be improved. Since silica nanoparticles can be coated on the fibre surface
by a layer-by-layer electrostatic self-assembly method, the coating thickness
and surface roughness could be controlled through the assembly layers. In this
way, the silica nanoparticles could be used to assemble nano-structured surface
on 3D fibrous matrix.
Specific aim 2: Application of silica nanoparticles on PCL fibrous matrices
via the electrostatic self-assembly technique, and studying the influence of
-6-
this treatment on osteoblast cell attachment, proliferation and
differentiation.
Apatite has been proved to be excellent in biocompatibility, bioactivity and
osteoconductivity. Scaffolds with this surface could be easily integrated with
human bone during implantation. However, for PCL fibre matrices, it may take
a long time to form apatite on the surface due to the lack of reactive groups on
the surfaces. To speed up the process, vacuum plasma treatment, followed by
forming apatite coating in SBF solution could be a simple and efficient option.
Specific aim 3: Using plasma treatment to activate the surface of fibres so
that a layer of apatite coating can be formed efficiently on the 3D fibrous
scaffold and demonstrating the existence of the apatite coating and its
benefit to the attachment, proliferation and differentiation of bone cells.
Silver, as the most effective antibacterial agent since ancient time, can kill over
650 disease-causing organisms in the body, even at low concentrations.
Electroless plating method is often used to form a thin layer of silver on
substrates.
Polyhexamethylene biguanide (PHMB) is another effective antibacterial agent
to gram-positive and gram-negative bacteria, fungi, yeast and even HIV-1.
What makes it particularly good for biomedical application is that it has a very
low tissue response and minimal patient discomfort. Thus, it is an ideal
antibacterial agent for tissue scaffold. In this project, these antibacterial agents
will be applied onto 3D tissue scaffolds and their effects on the cell growth
performance will be examined. The last aim of this research project is:
Specific aim 4: Applying Ag or PHMB to 3D fibrous matrix, and
examining the effects of the antibacterial coating on cytotoxicity and cell
culture performances.
1.3 Thesis outline This thesis is divided into eight chapters.
-7-
Chapter 2 reviews existing literatures on 3D tissue scaffolds and their
requirements especially for fibrous scaffolds. The state-of-the-art in this area is
also discussed in terms of the fabrication methods, the scaffold structures and
their advantages and disadvantages for tissue engineering.
Chapter 3 describes the materials, scaffold fabrication and the characterisation
techniques.
In Chapter 4, the preparation method of inter-bonded 3D fibrous matrices is
introduced. Four kinds of matrices with different pore structures have been
successfully obtained and their properties including pore structure, surface
wettability, water permeability, water binding ability, mechanical properties
are examined. Furthermore, cell culture study has been undertaken to
investigate their potential for biological applications.
Chapter 5 presents a novel strategy to improve the surface property of PCL
fibrous scaffolds by layer-by-layer coating of silica nanoparticles on fibre
surface. This special surface treatment has very little influence on the nutrient
and waste exchange within the fibrous structure. The as-prepared scaffold with
novel surface has been tested for its cell compatibility, including cytotoxicity,
cell proliferation and cell differentiation.
In Chapter 6, bone-like apatite is introduced on the 3D fibrous PCL scaffolds
by pre-treating the PCL scaffolds with vacuum plasma and then immersing
them into simulated body fluid (SBF). The apatite formation has been
characterised and the possibility of using this scaffold for bone tissue
engineering is also explored.
Chapter 7 deals with 3D fibrous PCL scaffolds having antibacterial surface
coating (Ag or PHMB) and their antibacterial properties and cytotoxicity.
Chapter 8 finally summarises the entire work performed on the 3D inter-
bonded fibrous scaffolds. Suggestions for further research in this area are also
given.
-8-
C H A P T E R 2
Literature Review
2.1 Tissue Engineering and Scaffolds
As first described by Langer and Vacanti [1], tissue engineering is an
interdisciplinary field that applies the principles of engineering and life
sciences towards the development of biological substitutes that restore,
maintain, or improve tissue function or a whole organ. It is aimed at the
development of biological alternatives for harvested tissues, implants and
prostheses. The basic idea for tissue engineering is to take cells from human
body and culture them on “scaffolds” into a tissue construct which is finally
transferred to human body for replacement or therapy purposes (Fig. 2.1).
Fig.2.1. Schematic illustration of tissue engineering [2]
Tissue scaffolds play a central role in tissue engineering. Scaffolds are
designed to provide anchorage for cells to attach, proliferate, differentiate, and
grow on, furthermore to form an extracellular matrix (ECM)” [3], from which
-9-
the important function of scaffold is outlined. They act as a supporting
template for cell growth. This is especially important for cells, which are
anchorage-dependent and require a specific environment to grow.
The success in tissue engineering requires not only an understanding of the
cells response towards the outer scaffolding environment, and designing
suitable scaffolds for a specific application, but also successful integration of
the scaffold construct into the human body without any immune reaction,
which are the focuses of research on scaffolds for tissue engineering.
The parameters influencing cell performance are complex and have not yet
been fully understood. It is believed that the scaffold structure, culture method
and medium component affect cell functions tremendously [4]. Parameters
concerning the matrix material itself, including mechanical strength (e.g.
stiffness, elasticity, tension), surface characteristic (e.g. surface chemistry,
topography, wettability, electricity) and pore architecture (e.g. pore size,
porosity, pore shape and interconnectivity), are important in regulating cell
growth and proliferation. Many research efforts have been devoted in the past
decades to understand these parameters. However, most of them were focused
on 2D structures, which cannot mimic the native tissue or cells in the body.
Since the cell growth in human body is in 3D environment, which is different
from that on 2D structure, 3D structures are expected to positively impact on
the cellular phenotype and functions, especially cell electrophysiological
properties, relative cell distribution, expression profiles and responsiveness to
exogenous signals [5].
It has been found that the criteria for an ideal scaffold vary depending on the
tissue type and location in the human body. Generally, the ideal 3D scaffolds
need to satisfy the requirements below [6]:
1) Biocompatibility;
2) Biodegradability and /or bioresorbability;
3) Suitable mechanical properties;
-10-
4) Suitable pores and appropriate pore surface to induce desired cellular
activities and to guide 3D tissue regeneration;
5) Adequate physiochemical properties to direct cell-material interactions
matching the tissue to be replaced;
6) Ease in regaining the original shape of the damaged tissue and the
integration with the surrounding environments.
Other aspects such as hemocompatibility and anti-infection are also
prerequisites to any treatment therapy [7-8].
With the development of nanotechnology, nano-structured materials have been
taken into consideration for tissue scaffold design. It is usually believed that
nanostructure is good to interface with individual cell [9], because materials on
nano-scale are compatible to extra cellular matrix [10]. Scaffolds made of
nanostructure, or with nano-structured surface have been shown to improve
cell performance or activity somehow [11-13].
Because of the complex and tissue specific requirements, challenges still
remain in development of tissue scaffolding materials mimicking the structures
and functions of native scaffolds.
2.2 Current Developments in 3D Polymer Scaffolds
Three-dimensional scaffolds from metal, polymers and ceramics have been
used for surgical implantation over the past century. However, two main
drawbacks, non-biodegradablity and limited processing ability [14], have
prevented metal and ceramic scaffolds from wide applications in the tissue
engineering field. In contrast, polymer scaffolds are free of these issues. They
can be biodegradable and the degradability can be controlled easily through
tailoring the polymer structure or using polymer blend. Polymer materials can
be processed into 3D structures without using high temperature and expensive
-11-
machinery. In the following part, a general review will be given on the state of
the art in 3D polymer scaffolds.
2.2.1 Cell lines The human body comprises about 100 trillion cells with about 260 different
phenotypes, that divide, differentiate and self-assemble over time and space
into an integrated system of tissues and organs, and precise replication of a
functionally viable tissue is not a mean task [15]. However, not every kind of
cells can be separated from human body. There are two main kinds of cells
used now for tissue engineering: somatic cells and stem cells. They have
significantly different self-renewal and differentiation abilities. Somatic cells
are usually separated from special organ or tissue and are cultured in special
media for tissue/organ regeneration. They are often used in tissue engineering
study, therefore not limited to healthy patient. Stem cells provide a multi-
potential cell source for tissue engineering. Stem cells are usually divided into
hematopoietic stem cells (HSCs), which can give rise to all the blood cells, and
bone marrow stromal cells (mesenchymal stem cells, MSCs), which
differentiate into skeletal muscle cells. HSCs may differentiate into other three
major cells: brain cells, skeletal and cardiac muscle cells, and liver cells. MSCs
may also differentiate into osteoblasts, multilayered epidermis-like cells,
chondrocytes, adipocytes, and other myocytes like cardiac muscle cells [16].
The phenotype of the cells is stable throughout culture and there is no loss in
osteogenic, chondrogenic or aipogenic potential. Due to these advantages,
much research attention has been paid to stem cells, although there are
challenges on controlled differentiation [17] and debates as to whether the cells
can be differentiated and grown rapidly enough in vitro to provide sufficient
populations to meet clinic need due to their low division frequency [18].
2.2.2 Cell seeding and culture methods Seeding of cells into scaffolds might play a crucial role in determining the
progression of tissue formation [19-20]. The original cell distribution on the
-12-
scaffolds and the fate of further tissue development are decided by seeding
methods.
Methods to seed cells into scaffolds are normally divided into static and
dynamic seeding methods. Static seeding method was initially established for
2D scaffolds. It involves dropping cell/ media suspension manually onto
scaffolds. The cell distribution is dependent on the scaffold structure and the
operator. For a flat scaffold, the cell-media can spread evenly. For 3D
scaffolds, cell distribution depends on the locations of where the cell medium
reaches, and also most of the cells only attach on the superficial layers of the
3D scaffolds. Although it is easy to operate, it faces challenges to seed cells on
3D scaffolds of large volume.
Dynamic cell seeding has been used to overcome the drawbacks of the static
seeding method. Dynamic seeding can be subdivided into the following
methods:
1) Spinning flask (Fig.2.2-a) [21-22]
2) Filtration method (Fig.2.2-b) [23]
3) Rotary method (Fig.2.2-c) [24]
4) Ultrasonic assisted method (Fig.2.2-d) [25]
5) Centrifugation force assisted method (Fig.2.2-e) [26-27]
6) Vacuum assisted cell seeding method (Fig.2.2-f) [28]
7) Magnetic force assisted cell seeding method (Fig.2.2-g) [29]
8) Perfusion bioreactors (Fig.2.3) [32]
-13-
Fig.2.2. Schematic Diagram of basic dynamic seeding methods, a) spinner flask, b) filtration method, c) rotary method, d) ultrasonic assisted method, e) centrifugation force assisted method, f) vacuum assisted method and g) magnetic force assisted method.
Bioreactor devices came into use since the formation of 3D scaffolds. It can
effectively seed a large number of cells into the scaffolds uniformly [30-31].
-14-
As shown in Fig.2.3 [32], bioreactor devices have two basic models: perfusion
system and pulsatile flow reactor. Except being excellent for seeding cells into
3D scaffolds, bioreactors are good candidates for cell culture as they can
precisely control the environment and operation condition, such as pH value,
temperature, nutrient supply and waste removal. However, dynamic seeding
always needs large volume of fresh media, and an extra shear force might exist
on cells during the seeding time.
Fig.2.3.Schematic diagram of bioreactor culture system, a) perfusion system, b) pulsatile flow system.[32]
After being cultivated on the scaffolds, the cells are undertaken a period of
culturing. The culture environment may have a greater impact on cellular
behaviour than the intrinsic origin of the cells [33-34]. The culture can be
divided into static or dynamic modes. Static culture refers to that the seeded
scaffolds were statically cultured under a certain temperature and O2 and CO2
content. Dynamic culture usually deals with culturing the seeded scaffolds in a
reactor, as mentioned in Fig.2.3. Pressures make it possible to refresh media
and take out waste. It has been pointed out that by using a perfusion reactor,
the central oxygen concentration can sustain at a level near 4% after 5 days
compared to static culture, (0% for the same culture period), which prevents
cell from death and forms more homogeneous tissue eventually [35-36]. In
addition, the uniformity of cell distribution might affect cell cycle [28, 37].
Despite the great potential for dynamic culture to produce high-throughput
artificial tissues, the process has been a challenging one. For example, the
-15-
flow-induced shear stress has an impact on cell growth. The collagen
synthesised from the fibroblasts cultured on 3D scaffolds is hardly retained
within the construct during culturing due to the severe extraction by the media
solution [38].
2.2.3 Materials In terms of scaffold itself, material is a basic element to determine the success
of tissue engineering. Polymers have their own characteristics like
bioresorbability, biodegradability, easy processing comparing to metals and
ceramics as mentioned previously. They can come from different sources such
as natural polymers and synthetic polymers. They can be classified into
biodegradable and non-degradable/biostable polymers according to the
degradation ability [39]. Although each polymer has its own feature, one
polymer usually cannot meet all requirements for making an ideal tissue
scaffolds. Synthesis of complex polymer with as many as possible necessary
properties and blending different polymers to get improved performance have
been the common strategies of developing scaffold materials over recent years
[40]. Reviews on polymeric biomaterials can be found in the literatures [39,
41].
Natural polymers
The commonly used natural polymers for tissue scaffolds are collagen,
chitosan, starch, alginate and elastin [6, 42-45]. They can be naturally isolated
from native tissues, thus easily mimic the native cellular milieu, but problems
related to variation between different batches, poor mechanical property, and
less controlled biodegradability still exist.
Collagen is an important natural biopolymer, which can be found from most of
the body organs like skin, bone, tendon, cartilage, and blood vessels. In human,
collagen comprises one third of the total proteins, accounting for three quarters
of the dry weight of skin, and is the most prevalent component of the
extracellular matrix (ECM) [46-47]. It has effective biological properties for
tissue engineering applications and is widely used as a biomaterial already [48-
-16-
49]. The concerns on using collagen are antigenicity and immunogenicity,
potential pathogen transmission and immune reactions [39].
Chitosan is a copolymer of glucosamine and N-acetylglucosamine units
obtained by deacetylation of chitin with a percentage of N-acetyl-glucosamine
lower than 50% [50-51]. It is often used for wound healing, drug delivery
system, and tissue engineering because of its unique nontoxic and anti-
microbial properties [52]. However, it is only soluble in acetic acid solution
hindering the effective fabrication of 3D scaffolds [6, 53].
Starch emerges as a frequently applied material since it has great processing
versatibility [54]. It is a polysaccharide produced by mostly higher order plants
as a means of storing energy, and it consists of two polymers of D-glucose:
amylase (lightly branched polymer) and amylopectin (highly branched
polymer), which make its property variable and tunable [55], conferring the
scaffolds with different properties for different applications [44, 56-57].
Alginate, a natural anionic polysaccharide composed of blocks, (1-4)-linked β-
de-mannuronic acid and α-l-guluronic acid, which can be extracted from brown
algae[45], has gained popularity in biomedical applications because of the
gelling ability in the presence of divalent cations (such as calcium and barium),
stability and viscosity in aqueous solutions [58]. However, the low mechanical
property and slow degradability limit their wide applications [59].
Elastin is the main protein component found in extracellular matrix. It is
synthesised during the growth of tissues. Elastin is composed of cross-linked
insoluble tropoelastin molecules that make it stable for a long time. Elastin is
usually applied in biomaterials because of the combination in both mechanical
strength and flexibility [42]. However, the immune responses and the
insolubility limit its applications in some tissue engineering fields [60].
Synthetic polymers
-17-
Synthetic polymers can be synthesised on large scales and have a repeatable
property. This overcomes the aforementioned problems associated with natural
polymers and offers wide uses as tissue scaffolding materials. Many
biodegradable polymers such as polylactic acid (PLA), polyglycolic acid
(PGA) and polycaprolactone (PCL), have been approved by Food and Drug
Administration (FDA) in United States.
PGA, obtained from polymerisation of glycolide, is a highly crystalline
polymer with crystallinity ranging of 35-75%. It has relatively low melting
temperature, about 185 °C to 225°C [61], and exhibits good mechanical
properties with low solubility in most organic solvents. Its melting properties
make it possible to process scaffolds using thermal techniques. Many different
structures of tissue scaffolds have been developed from this material [62-64].
This polymer also has very good degradable properties. It is known to lose
strength after implantation in body over several weeks, and break down into
glycine that can be absorbed in about 4-6 months. The high degradation rate
has been a concern to some specific applications [65].
PLA is very similar to PGA but the presence of a pendant methyl group on the
alpha carbon. It has a chirality structure of L, D, and DL isomer for the alpha
carbon. According to the molecular weight and polymer processing parameters,
distribution of L- and D-lactide units could be variable. There are two
dramatically different crystallinities for PLLA and PDLLA. PLLA is a semi-
crystalline polymer (~35%) with a melting temperature of 170~180°C [66]. It
is a slow degrading polymer, capable of degrading between 2 and 6 years
depending on the molecular weight [67]. But its high mechanical strength
gives it possible for usage in many fields [68-70]. Poly (dl-lactide) (PDLLA) is
an amorphous polymer. Its amorphous nature permits it losing mass in 12~16
months, but gives its very low mechanical strength [65]. The possibility to
polymerise copolymers having different crystallinities, molecular weights
through adjusting the composition allows for optimising this polymer for
specific tissue engineering applications [71-73].
-18-
Polycaprolactone (PCL) is another semicrystalline polymer and having a
number of advantages to be used as tissue engineering materials. It can be
easily polymerised by a cheap monomer, ε-caprolactone through ring-opening
polymerisation reaction. The melting temperature of this polymer is near
58~60 °C, which has low requirement for thermal processing techniques, and
other active chemical could also be processed without much concern of
degradation during the scaffold fabrications. Also, it can be solved in most of
organic solvents, which is fantastic for processing. The semicrystallinity
makes it degradable and water and carbon dioxide are the main degradation
products, which is nontoxic to cells, tissues/organs, and even the whole body.
PCL also has reasonable mechanical strength, especially high elongation at
breakage [61]. More importantly, such a polymer has excellent
biocompatibility. Except the degradation rate is relatively slow (2-3 years),
PCL has no reactive groups, which is often necessary for scaffolds application.
However, it is still an ideal material for tissue scaffolds especially for bone
regeneration and other long term implanting applications [74-78].
Polyhydoxyalkanoates (PHA), poly 3-hydroxybutyrate (PHB), copolymers of 3-
hydroxybutyrate and 3-hydroxyvalerate (PHBV), poly 4-hydroxybutyrate
(P4HB), copolymers of 3-hydroxybutyrate and 3-hydroxyhexanoate (PHBHHx)
and poly 3-hydroxyoctanoate (PHO) are termed as bacterial polymers because
they are produced by microorganisms under unbalanced growth conditions [79-
80]. Similar to other biopolymers, they are biodegradable and thermo-
processable. But their drawbacks are limited availability and time-consuming
extraction procedure from bacterial cultures [81-82]. As a model polymer,
PHB in this series is introduced below.
PHB is firstly produced in 1920 by bacteria Bacillus megaterium [83-84]. The
polymer has a melting temperature between 160~180 ˚C. It is soluble in a wide
range of solvents. PHB is also a piezoelectric material, which could be a nice
property for scaffolding application because cells are known to react with
-19-
electricity. PHB has good toughness and the mechanical property can be
adjusted by copolymer, like PHBV. PHB has a very low degradation rate due
to its high crystallinity, but its copolymer PHBV has a low crystallinity
resulting in much better degradation behaviour[85].
Polyurethane is usually synthesised by polycondensation of diisocyanates with
alcohols and/or amines, which is regarded as toxic components to human body.
It is biostable and biocompatible, thus has been investigated as long-term
medical implants. Biodegradable polyurethanes have also been developed
using biocompatible aliphatic diisocyanates. Degradable poly (ester urethanes)
were developed by reacting lysine diisocyanate with polyester diols or triols
based on D,L-lactide, caprolactone and other co-polymers with a wide range
of properties [86]. Either biostable polyurethane or biodegradable poly (ester
urethanes) has been widely used in tissue engineering field recently [87-91].
Poly (propylene fumarate) (PPF) is an unsaturated linear polymer, and it is
injectable and biodegradable for orthopaedic applications [92-94]. Due to the
unsaturated fumarate groups on the polymer backbone, the polymer property
can be improved by further crosslinking [95-97]. The degradation products of
this polymer are biocompatible and readily removed from the body [98]. It has
already been used in bone tissue engineering [99-102].
With the well development of polymer science, a huge number of polymers
have been emerged for applications as biomaterials. Here only some commonly
appeared polymers are described. Intensive reviews on biopolymers can be
found in the literatures [65, 103]. Although the properties of synthetic
biopolymers can be tailored to meet specific applications, pre-inflammatory
could be a problem affecting the fate of neo-tissue form in tissue engineering
[104-109].
2.2.4 Scaffold fabrications and structures Many 3D scaffold structures have been developed, by using either traditional
technique (e.g. template-leaching, gas foaming, fibre bonding, phase
separation) (Fig. 2.4), or model processing technique such as solid freeform
-20-
fabrication (SFF) (e.g. stereolithography, selective laser sintering, fused
deposition modeling, 3D printing). However, every technique has its own pros
and cons. It is not easy for one technique to meet all requirements of 3D
scaffolds. Therefore, two or more techniques were often combined together to
take the advantages of each technique. Here the main techniques are
summarized on basis of literature reports.
Fig.2.4. Conventional methods to fabricate 3D scaffolds, a) salt leaching, b) phase separation, c) gas foaming.[110]
Salt leaching technique: this method usually works together with solvent
casting or freeze-drying method. Polymer solution containing porogen
materials is castor freeze-dried to shape into 3D objects and get rid of the
solvent. The porogen particles are then leached away to form a 3D scaffold
[111-113]. The porogen material plays functions in forming pores inside the
scaffolds. The pore size and shape are dependent on the porogen. This method
is easy to undertake, but it is limited to produce very thin film or membrane
samples [114-117]. Although the scaffold thickness can be increased by using
multiple layers, the use of solvent in the processing is still a problem. If the
solvent is not removed completely, cytotoxicity could occur [110].
Fibre related method: this technique uses fibres to build different 3D structures.
Textile technologies of braided, nonwoven, weaving or knitting are normally
the main fibre construction methods [68-69, 112, 118-126]. New emerging
techniques such as electro-spinning, is also employed. Textile techniques are
-21-
matured in producing different fibrous structures. The pores in the fibre
scaffolds are in irregular shapes, which are much different from those in
particle leaching ones. The pore size can be controlled through fibre diameter,
fibrous structure and processing parameters. Also, the pores in fibrous
materials have excellent interconnectivity. Furthermore, the large surface area
provided by fibrous materials makes fibrous scaffolds an ideal candidate for
cell attachment and expansion. The issues for fibrous scaffolds are their weak
mechanical property [127].
Electrospun nanofibre mesh has been used as tissue engineering scaffolds
because it has a similar fibrous morphology to the native extracellular matrix
(ECM) and can provide fibrous scaffolds with instructive surface properties to
direct cell faith [128-129]. Its powerful ability to produce different structures,
such as side-by-side [130], core-sheath [131-132] and aligned nanofibre mats
[133], surface-nanofibre tubes [134-135], makes it one of the most promising
techniques in this century. However, electrospun nanofibre mats are typically
regarded as 2D scaffolds since cells cannot grow and penetrate easily into the
scaffolds [136-137]. To solve these problems, multiple-layered electrospun
mat, or mixing electrospun mat and dual-porosity nanofibrous mat have been
prepared [138-139]. Cell seeding has also been combined with electrospinning
to directly form layered 3D scaffolds seeded with living cells [140].
Thermal induced phase separation (TIPS) applies the mechanism of lowering
system free energy to separate a homogenous multi-component polymer
system into several phases: polymer-rich phase and polymer-lean phase. Once
the solvent is removed, the pores can be generated [141-142]. This technique
generates pores with different morphologies [143-144]. Phase separation can
be divided into solid-liquid, and liquid-liquid phase separations. For solid-
liquid phase separation, the solvent for the polymer solution is crystallized
under certain temperature. After removing the crystals, pores are formed. The
solid phase is discontinuous, except the liquid phase [145-146]. Unlike the
solid-liquid phase separation, liquid-liquid phase separation has an upper
critical and a lower critical solution temperature. The two phases (polymer-rich
-22-
and polymer-lean) are both continuous. An open pore structure can be
produced when the solvent is removed [144]. Phase separation technique
involves the use of solvent, which may be a reason for the limited applications.
Also, solid-liquid method usually produces pores up to tens of microns, which
limits its applications in some specific biological fields [147].
Gas foaming technique is an alternative technique to eliminate using organic
solvent in the 3D scaffold preparation, which is thought to be an improvement
in scaffold fabrication technique. CO2 gas from high pressure to low pressure
changes results in the formation of porous scaffolds [148]. Pores in such
scaffolds are usually interconnected and are hundreds of microns in size [149].
The honeycomb pores also can be prepared from this method [150]. The high
pressure required in this technique limits many biopolymers’ applications in
3D scaffolds [151].
The above conventional scaffold fabricating methods face challenges in
fabricating 3D tissue constructs resembling the native tissue microvasculature
and micro-architectures. New techniques like rapid prototyping, 3D bioprinting
or bioplotting, self-assembling, hydrogel technique, as well as the hybrid
techniques have appeared in recent years.
-23-
Fig.2.5. Schematic diagrams of setups of different rapid prototyping techniques, a) sterolithography, b) 3D printing, c) selective laser sintering, d) fused deposition modelling. [152]
Rapid prototyping (RP) techniques, also termed solid freeform fabrication
(SFF), is the most promising technique to fabricate scaffolds because it can
effectively control the scaffold structure, and design the exact shape of
complex scaffold for tissue replacement via computer-aided design (CAD). It
is also named as 3-D printing (3DP), fused deposition modelling (FDM) and
selective laser sintering (SLS), 3D fibre deposition, and so on. Fig. 2.5 shows
some of the setups. For every technique, it has its own distinct advantages and
limitations, which have been reviewed in several papers [152-156]. 3DP
technique is the most commonly used SFF technique for scaffold fabrication. It
uses powder as raw material to form 3D structure via ink jet printing method,
which allows processing of a wide range of powders from polymers, metals to
ceramics. Additionally, the unprocessed powders are easily trapped in the
-24-
small inner holes and affect the functions of 3D scaffolds. FDM technique uses
polymer melt as the material to form a series of material roads deposited layer-
by-layer by a nozzle with a small orifice. The deposition direction, the filament
thickness and road intervals can be easily modified to obtain different
structures. Due to the requirement of melting state of polymer, this technique
narrows its application in tissue scaffolds. The feedstock materials of 3D fibre
deposition technique can be in pellet or granule forms, and the material flow
can be regulated by applying pressure to the syringe. The 3D structure can be
regulated by fibre thickness and orientation. SLS system also uses powders as
raw materials. However CO2 laser is used to selectively sinter polymer
powders into thin-layered structures. During the SLS processing, the laser
selectively scans the powders, making the powder temperature rise to glass
transition and then fusing them together. 3D structure is built up by layer-by-
layer deposition of the polymer melt. This processing route must use powders
as material, and the exposure of the powder material to a high energy laser
beam might degrade the t polymer chains. Stereo-lithography (SLA) has also
been exploited for 3D scaffold fabrication. A UV laser vector is used to scan
over the top of a bath of a photo polymerisable liquid polymer material. Once
the polymerisation is initiated, the laser beam can create the first solid layer.
Again, a layer-by-layer 3D structure can be formed by tracking the laser beam.
After the model is complete, it is cured in an UV oven to smoothen the surface.
Undoubtedly, the raw materials need to be UV photo-polymerisable, and
compatible to UV curing. A relatively new 3D printing technique, modified by
using cryogenic plotting system, can impart fibres with a rough surface and
hydrophilic properties [43]. Overall, the RP techniques make it possible to
produce 3D structure automatically, rapidly, and accurately. But they still have
limitations in terms of raw material selection, processing conditions, and
expensive machinery.
Indirect 3D printing is based on solid freeform fabrication technique. It uses
the 3D rapid prototyping technique to get a negative mould, and then polymer
solution is casted into the mould to get a 3D scaffold after the mould removal
-25-
[157-158]. This technique can overcome the limitations in polymer selection,
solvent use, and incorporation of localised pores [157, 159-160].
3D hydrogel technique
3D hydrogel porous structure has a high content of water (> 30%) and is
capable of incorporating cells homogenously throughout the gel network. Its
fantastic 3D structure allows the nutrient transport and the injectable gel state
broadens its application in tissue engineering [161-162]. So far, hydrogel has
become one of focuses in tissue scaffolding research. The methods to prepare
hydrogel scaffolds are mostly based on bottom-up technique, including direct-
write assembly [163], protein self-assembly [60], photo-initiated cross-linking
[164-166], thermal cross-linking [166], and physical or chemical cross-linking
of hydrophilic polymers [167-168]. The application varies from muscle cell
culture, cartilage tissue replacement, space filling scaffold, cell-delivery
scaffold, to bioactive molecule delivery scaffolds [169-171]. There are still
many aspects for 3D hydrogel scaffolds to improve, such as the weak
mechanical property [172-173], and sometimes the use of toxic cross-linker
[174-175].
3D cell printing is based on the concept of building tissue or organ layer by
layer from individual cell-containing components. There are usually two cell
printing methods, one is called structural cell printing, and the other is
conformal cell printing. They both build 3D cell constructs with heterogeneous
cell and biomolecular distribution inside the 3D structure. The difference is
that the ink for 3D structural cell printing concludes scaffolding, cells and
biomolecules simultaneously, but the ink for 3D conformal cell printing
contains cell only. In this way, cells are printed into thin layers of prefabricated
cell scaffold (See Fig.2.6) [176]. Most of the 3D printing technique can be
utilized for 3D structural cell printing [177-179].
But the application of harsh or organic solvents prevents many good choices
of polymer materials in the live cell deposition process. Many non-toxic
“bioinks” (hydrogels of gels) have been found, but they often lack rigidity and
-26-
structural integrity [180-181]. The “contradiction” between building up 3D
structure and the deposition of individual cells is another issue. On the
contrary, the 3D conformal cell printing has no issue related to toxic solvent,
and the printing resolution can also reach a single-cell level [182-183]. The
shining point of 3D cell printing to tissue scaffolds is that cells can be
distributed uniformly inside and outside the scaffold structure, and therefore
can grow into homogeneous tissue or organs. Since the whole process deals
with cells, a sterilised environment is necessary.
Fig.2.6. Schematic representations of a) structural cell printing where both scaffold and cells are printed simultaneously or serially, and b) conformal cell printing where cells alone are printed onto thin layers of prefabricated scaffold. [176]
Hybrid technology for fabricating hybrid scaffolding structures is an appealing
method in tissue engineering. Making use of the pros of different techniques is
critical to make hybrid scaffolds. Here some recent hybrid techniques are
introduced.
The electron beam and photolithography methods have been utilized together
to get a tubular scaffold with micro- and nano-structure in the 3D scaffolds to
enhance the scaffolding performance. The nano-pits or nano-pillars are created
using electron beam lithography, while micro-pattern structures are generated
by photolithography (Fig. 2.7) [184].
-27-
Fig.2.7. a) Flow chart for fabrication of a polymer tubular scaffold, b) a cross-sectional view of the hybrid scaffolding construct. Scale bar is 100μm. [184]
A direct polymer melt deposition method has been combined with
electrospinning to produce a 3D structure with dual scaled pores. The
microfibre diameter can be accurately controlled by computer-aided design,
and the electrospun nanofibre mat has been coated on the microfibre surface
and between microfibres to enhance the cell attachment and adhesion for cell
growth (Fig. 2.8) [185].
Fig.2.8. a) A hybrid process combining direct polymer melt deposition and electrospinning, b) Photograph of the overall 3D structure, c) the hybrid basic unit layer composed of microfibres and nanofibres, d) and e) images in higher magnifications. [185]
Other rapid prototyping techniques also can be combined with electrospinning
to get a dual pore size 3D structure. The 3D microstructure enables cell
penetration and nutrient transport, while the electrospun mat provides a nano-
scaled surface, which enhances cell attachment, proliferation and
differentiation. Another example is given in Fig. 2.9 [186].
-28-
Fig.2.9. A setup combining 3D plotting and electrospinning systems [186]
The 3D prototyping technique has also been used to produce a mould for 3D
structure, followed by pouring a polymer solution into it to form a nanofibrous
structure through thermal phase separation. Thus this kind of scaffold ensures
both 3D and nanofibrous structures. The scaffolds having complex geometry
have been proved to be a good candidate for bone tissue engineering [160].
Melt electrospinning and wet electrospinning techniques have been applied
together to produce a 3D scaffold with microfibres as support and nanofibres
as filling for cell attachments. This nano-/micro-fibre scaffolds with a porosity
of 91.2% and a mean pore size of 93.9 μm have shown great potential for 3D
organisation and guidance of cells (Fig.2.10 ) [187].
-29-
Fig.2.10. a) Schematic diagram of a hybrid electrospinning process, b) and c) photographs of the hybrid structure from (b) front view and (c) side view, d) and e) surface (d) and cross-section (e) morphologies of the hybrid fibrous structure [187]
Electrospun nanofibres have been deposited into water and then freeze-dried to
obtain a hybrid 3D structure, in which nanofibres can either assemble into a
loose 3D structure or form a dense 3D structure, dependent on the freeze-
drying condition. This method results in a structure consisting of nanofibres
completely (Fig. 2.11) [188].
Fig.2.11. a) Schematic diagram of the hierarchical organisation of 3D structures, b) 3D PCL mesh dried at room temperature, c) 3D PCL mesh prepared by freeze drying in a cylinder with visible pores, d) SEM image of dense yarn scaffolds, e) SEM image of 3D scaffold surface with distinctly isolated yarns made out of aligned nanofibres. [188]
A hybrid structure combining the advantages of collagen micro-sponge for its
cell affinity with the good mechanical property from knitted PLGA mesh has
been developed by dipping knitted fabric into collagen solution, followed by a
freeze drying procedure. The hybrid structure has a much better cell
distribution and extra cellular matrix deposition ability (Fig. 2.12) [189].
-30-
Fig.2.12. a) Schematic illustration of three PLGA/collagen hybrid scaffolds. Black; PLGA knitted mesh; Gray: type I collagen sponge. b) SEM observation of THIN, SEMI, and SANDWICH PLGA/collagen hybrid scaffolds. A, B, C: top view of the THIN scaffolds; D, G: top view of the SEMI and SANDWICH scaffolds, respectively; E, H: bottom view of the SEMI and SANDWICH scaffolds, respectively; F, I: cross-sectional view of the SEMI and SANDWICH scaffolds, respectively. [189]
Porous scaffolds with macro- and micro-pores have been prepared by a
combination of gas foaming (GF) and selective polymer extraction (PE) from
co-continuous blends. This special scaffold has both macro-porosity suitable
for rapid cell colonisation and tissue in-growth, and micro-porosity serving as
preferential route for fluid transport (Fig. 2. 13) [190].
-31-
Fig.2.13. Schematic illustration of macro- and micro- porous 3D scaffolds a) SEM image of the co-continuous blend after selective extraction of one component, b) SEM image of the structure after gas foaming,c) SEM image of the scaffold prepared by the selective extraction of one component from the foamed structure. [190]
Most hybrid techniques used recently for tissue engineering have been tried to
get ideal scaffold structures with macro-, micro-, and nano-scales inside. These
structures combine at least two levels of scale characteristics to achieve
enhanced properties. Macro-scale pores can assist tissue in-growth during the
implantation, the micro-pores are effective for mass transport of nutrients and
waste, and the nano-scaled pores are perfect for cell attachment, extra cellular
matrix formation, and cell–matrix interaction. Hybrid techniques are likely to
be the focus of future research in this area.
2.2.5 Applications So far, some commercial tissue engineering products, for example, artificial
bone, cartilage, man-made skin have appeared [191]. Tissue scaffold can be
put into as many possible uses as one can imagine: ligament [192-193], liver
[194-195], tendon [196-197], muscle [168, 198], nerve [137, 199], joints [200-
201], bladder [202-203], vascular [36, 204], blood vessels [205-207], cornea
[208-209], skeleton [210-211], orthopaedic [11, 212], trachea [213], and so on.
The requirement for every specific application is quite different. In this thesis,
the focus is on bone tissue scaffolds.
-32-
2.2.6 Complications
To make successful tissue engineering therapy, the engineered 3D scaffolds
should meet the requirements as previously mentioned in Section 2.1. There
are many attempts to get scaffolds with these characteristics. However, many
difficulties still exist, some of which are given below:
1) Controlling the biodegradation rate so it is about the same as neo-tissue
formation rate. The scaffold has to serve as a supporting construct in the early
stage, with the time, it needs to be degraded and totally absorbed by human
body without any toxic reaction.
2) Controlling the structure with good mechanical property, and appropriate
pore size and porosity to guide cellular activities and 3D tissue formation.
3) Low-cost, easy-processing, repeatable and controllable technique to make
3D scaffolds. The technique also needs to avoid using toxic solvent.
4) Uniform cell distribution, easily cell penetration, and homogeneous tissue
regeneration.
5) Adequate surface physiochemical properties to direct cell-material
interactions.
6) Ease for scaffold to integrate with the surrounding environment.
7) Disinfection characteristic after implantation into the body.
Once these aspects/difficulties are solved, the 3D scaffolds will constitute an
ideal environment to foster the formation of new tissue and to integrate with
the host environment.
-33-
2.3 Fibre-based Tissue Scaffolds
Fibre based structures have been applied in tissue engineering field due to their
many unique features compared to other types of scaffolds. For example, they
have high surface area, high porosity, interconnected pore structures, and
controlled pore size as well. The huge choices of fibre and different processing
routes (eg. woven, knitting, and nonwoven) provide for a wide range of
materials and structures.
2.3.1 Classification of fibre-based scaffolds
The structures from traditional textile processing techniques, including fibres,
yarns, ribbons, woven, knitted and non-woven fabrics, have already been
studied extensively for tissue scaffolding applications for several decades.
Similar structures from emerging techniques, such as electrospinning, self-
assembling, and rapid prototyping also are appealing candidates. In this part, a
review on different fibrous scaffolds is given.
Fibres/Yarns/Braided/Twisted structures
Fibres are usually braided or twisted into yarns for suture or anterior cruciate
ligament applications. For example, a commercial PCL suture was made on a
computer-aided embroidery machine and was coated with collagen I for end
use [214]. PLLA microfibre scaffolds with tunable mechanical properties were
fabricated by braiding or braiding-twist technique for anterior cruciate
ligaments (ACL) [215].
Woven structure
Woven structures are produced on a weaving machine or loom, using warp and
weft yarns. The three basic weaves are plain weave, satin weave, and twill
weave [216]. Woven structures have been used in liver cell culture [194],
cartilage constructs [217], rotator cuff repair [218-219], heart repair [220], and
-34-
tendon regeneration [221]. Because they are usually in plain fabric form with a
thickness less than two yarn diameters, simple woven structures cannot meet
complex shape requirements. To overcome this limitation, 3D woven structures
have been developed, initially for applications in the composite area [222-223].
The fibres are not only in the warp (x) or weft direction (y), but also in a third
direction (z) to form a real 3D structure. 3D fibrous woven structure was
proved suitable for tissue engineering for the first time in 2007 by Franklin et
al [121] (Fig. 2.14).
Fig.2.14. a) Fibre architecture of an orthogonally woven 3D structure. 3D structures were woven by interlocking multiple layers of two perpendicularly oriented sets of in-plane fibres (x- or warp direction, and y- or weft direction) with a third set of fibres in the z-direction. a) Schematic diagram, b) surface view of the X–Y plane (scanning electron microscope), c) cross-sectional view of the Y–Z plane, d) cross-sectional view of the X–Z plane [121]
3D rapid prototyping technique described previously can form 3D structure by
a computer-aided design. The structure is very similar to that of woven
structure except that in woven structure the warp and weft yarns are woven
together, but here the fibres are simply deposited together. Usually yarns
consist of many thin fibres. For 3D fuse deposition the fibre is very thick
relatively. Fig. 2.15 shows a 3D rapid prototyping structure in the cross-
section, and 3D micro-CT images for the fibre parts and the void parts.
-35-
Fig.2.15. a) A cross-section view of rapid prototyping structure and its traditional 3D micro-CT structure of b) fibre and c) void.
Knitted structure
Knitting is different from weaving in that the intermeshing of yarn loops forms
its fabric. As shown in Fig. 2.16, there are two knitting methods: weft knitting
and warp knitting [216]. Knitted structures tend to have very good elastic
property, which makes them particularly suitable for bladder reconstruction,
artery replacement, and tendon or ligament tissue regeneration. Some of these
applications are listed below.
Knitting fabrics can be used as human urinary bladder reconstruction material
because of its various advantages, such as high elasticity, porosity, good
mechanical property and drape. Poly (ethylene terephthalate) (PET) knitting
fabrics have already been studied extensively. Biodegradabe PLA/PLLA/PGA
knitting fabrics have been used to engineer artificial bladders [224].
-36-
Fig.2.16. Illustration of a) weft knitting and b) warp knitting structures [224]
The stability under dynamic stress and the good elasticity are also important
for tissue-engineered artery. Poly (L/D) lactide 96/4 warp knitted fabric has
also been used for artery replacement [225].
Knitted PLGA scaffolds also give better tendon tissue regeneration than
braided fibre scaffolds in terms of the new tissue in-growth and the mechanical
property [196].
Knitted PLGA and PLLA scaffolds can be used to reconstruct anterior cruciate
ligament (ACL) [226], and the hybrid structure based on silk knitted fabric has
also been used in ligament tissue engineering. The hybrid contains silk fibres
for providing mechanical strength, a knitted structure aiming to improve the
internal connective space and a collagen matrix assisting and modulating
neoligament tissue in-growth [192, 227]. To avoid the cell-gel separation from
composite scaffolds of fibrin gel/PLGA knitted structure [228-229] , a bMSCs
sheet was assembled directly into a knitted PLLA scaffold for ligament
engineering [226]. Silk warp knitted fabric cultured with mesenchymal stem
cells has also been investigated for treatment of stress urinary incontinence,
with promising results from animal trials [230-231].
Another hybrid scaffolds have been fabricated by using PLA warp-knit textile
to enhance a gel, in which the gel can act as a cell carrier, but the textile can
provide the necessary mechanical property for the hybrid scaffold for
-37-
cardiovascular tissue engineering [232]. Other application for vascular tissue
engineering also uses gel to fill a knitted valve structure, like using fibrin gel to
fill PCL knitting structure [233].
Hybrid structures based on knitted fabrics have been surface coated with
electrospun nanofibres to get micro-nano scaffold system for ligament/ tendon
tissue engineering [196], and with hydroxyapatite to form hybrid structure for
bone scaffold [234].
Nonwoven structure
Fibres in a nonwoven structure are neither woven nor knitted. In industry,
nonwoven structures are normally made from continuous filaments or from
staple fibre webs strengthened by bonding using various techniques. The
bonding techniques include adhesive bonding, mechanical interlocking by
needling or fluid jet entanglement, thermal bonding and stitch bonding.
Electrospinning usually produces a nonwoven structure also. In Fig. 2.17,
conventional nonwoven processing, as well as some new fibre-mat formation
methods are introduced.
Nonwoven structure was proved to be compatible to blood in 1969, and
became an alternative to woven and knitted fabrics in tissue engineering [235].
It was initially used as cartilage scaffold by Langer and Vacanti [236]. Since
then, nonwoven scaffolds have been developed for a wide range of medical
applications, such as wound dressing [237-238], dermal equivalents [126],
bone tissue engineering (femoral shaft [239], cartilage [240-242]), ligament
tissue [243], smooth muscle tissue [244], blood compatible interfaces [245],
intestinal mucosa [246], and heart valve [247-248] .
Commercial fibres (usually nonbiodegradable) from polymer materials such as
poly(ethyleneterephthalate) (PET) [249], Polypropylene (PP) [250], nylon
[251], polyester (polytetramethyleneterephthalate) [245, 252-253], and
cellulose (regenerated, oxidized) [254-256] have been used in nonwovens.
Fibres specially designed for biomedical uses (usually biodegradable) such as
-38-
from PGA [112, 239-242, 257], poly(L-lactic acid) (PLLA)[258-259],
Poly(L/D) lactide 96/4 [260], PGA and PLLA 50/50 or PGA/PLA 90/10 [261],
chitosan(CS)/chitin or composite of chitosan and PLGA [262-263],
starch/polycaprolactone (SPCL) [264], silk firoin [126], hyaluronan esters
(Hyafft derivatives) [265-267], alginate [268], extracted PEA-derived [269-
270], poly (3-hydroxybutyrate(P3HB) [271], and benzyl ester of hyaluronic
acid (Hyaff-11) [272] have also been employed.
To meet the requirements of wettability, tomography or bio-signals for cell
growth, studies on nonwoven scaffolds have been focused on the surface
modification. To change surface energy and get a hydrophilic surface, surface
treatments include chemical methods (e.g. boiling in base [273-275] or strong
acid [276-278] solution, inducing diethyllaminoethyl (DEAE) groups [249]),
physical methods (e.g. γ-ray or UV lightradiation [237], low-temperature
plasma [260], microwave discharge treatment [245] or direct-current pulsed
plasma treatment [279]), combined methods (e.g. plasma followed by grafting
thermally with acrylic acid (AA) [279], grafted with AA or NIPAAm and then
immobilised with collagen and chitosan [237-238, 279]), coating with
bioactive molecules such as insulin, RGD, heparin, hydroxycarbonated apatite,
or growth factor [253, 277-278, 280-282]. These treatments help to improve
the surface biocompatibility, so the scaffold/cell composites can easily
integrate with the surrounding environments.
Schmelzisen’s group has succeeded in using PLGA nonwoven scaffold to
tissue-engineer bone chips in low-load bearing areas [283-284]. Many
problems related to nonwoven tissue engineering have still not been solved
effectively. Nonwoven structures are not as stable as woven or knitted
structures. Deformation, delaminating or cranking happens at macro levels,
while the fibre slippage within nonwoven scaffold occurs at micro-levels.
These have a deadly influence on the cell fate. The control of porosity, pore
size between the fibres can be achieved by changing the fibre diameter, and
web-laying speed [252, 285]. But a highly porous structure is still hard to
obtain. For electrospun nonwoven fabrics, which have been used in scaffold
-39-
fabrication [128-129], the key issue is still poor cell penetration [136-137].
There have been many attempts to address this issue [125, 127]. Fibres can be
disentangled from nonwoven with tweezers manually [252], which is difficult
to obtain uniform matrices. Hydroentangled nonwoven was cultured with cells
in each layer, and these layers were then assembled into a 3D structure to
overcome the cell penetration problems or cell in-growth limitation [286]. New
nonwoven techniques to modulate the pore structures, including porosity, pore
size and pore interconnectivity are needed.
Fig.2.17. a) Traditional nonwoven fabric processings. An oriented multifilament yarn was produced by polymer extrusion, then the yarns was crimped, cut, carded into a lofty web, and further form nonwoven mesh. To improve the dimensional stability, barbed needles, high pressure water, or heat was used to entangle the fibres and lock them together; b) wet spinning technique: polymer solution was spun into a coagulation bath to form nonwoven structure scaffold simultaneously. This method was used to fabricate starch-base nonwoven scaffolds [287]; c) melt spinning directly to web. Polymer pellets were fed into the die, the polymer melt was then extruded into thin polymer fibres under the heat and air flow. The thin fibres arrange randomly to form nonwoven mat without further processing [285, 288]; d) Electrospinning process, polymer solution was extruded into micro-fibre mat though the force between high voltage and low voltage. By changing the process condition, such as the concentration of polymer solution, the applied voltage, the collect distance, various structures can be produced.
-40-
2.3.2 Issues of fibre-based scaffolds
Fibrous scaffolds are usually not strong enough for load bearing tissue
regeneration. The chemical property of polymer fibres may affect cell
attachment, even though the fibres themselves are usually nontoxic to cells.
Further surface modification is necessary. For fibre bundles, yarns, braided or
twisted structures, their morphologies limit their applications in sutures,
ligaments or tendons. Circular knitted tube/solid structure is suitable for
specific applications like artery, ligament and tendon. Plain woven or knitted
structures are usually thin and flat and cannot be used as 3D tissue engineering
structures. Nonwoven fabrics face a similar challenge. Further developments in
3D woven, knitted, and nonwoven structures are needed. The nonwoven
process is particularly attractive due to its relatively low production cost.
2.4 Role of nano-structured functional surfaces on cell performance of polymer scaffolds
Surface design of polymer scaffolds that can promote tissue regeneration has
become a focus of tissue engineering research. Surface architecture
(morphology and topography) and surface chemistry may have great effects on
cellular responses in the initial stage of cell attachment, and further cell
proliferation, differentiation, and even neo-tissue integration with human body.
Surface topography patterns at different scales can direct cell growth [289].
Patterns at the single-cell scale (0.1-100μm) can provide contact guidance,
which limits cell adhesion to specific locations and influence cell shape and
orientation [290-293]. Patterns in nano-scales are important for cell attachment
[294]. Surface topography is also directly related to ECM formation [295-296].
Surface topography can indirectly affect the surface wettability, thus controls
protein absorption and cell attachment [297].
Surface chemistry is playing a profound role in cell growth and gene
expression. Numerous surface treatment or functionalisation techniques have
-41-
been developed to confer specific surface for cell-related scaffold therapy.
Surface can be loaded with bioactive components for better cell-surface
interaction [298]. Surface can be modified to enhance cell attachments [299].
Conductive property can also be imparted to the surface for controlling neural,
muscle or ligament cells orientation [300]. Surface can have anti-bacterial
property for reducing infection during the implantation [301].
In the rest of this part, nano-structured surface for improvement of cell
performance, bioactivity, antibacterial property of 3D polymer scaffolds is
introduced.
2.4.1 Nano-structured surface for enhancement of cell
performance Cell interaction with the environment has been examined for a long time. It has
already been proved that material surface topology in micrometer-range
features such as grooves, ridges, and wells have a strong influence on the cell
attachment, adhesion and proliferation [10]. Cells even can align, grow and
migrate along a defined topography orientation. This was explained by contact
guidance [302]. It was found that micrometre surface features might influence
cells in morphology, orientation, cytoskeleton and focal contact arrangement,
motility and gene expression [303-305]. The nano-scaled surface architecture
can mimic and provide physiological conditions similar to native extracellular
matrix (ECM) for proper growth of engineered tissue [306]. The increase in
nano-roughness can alter the surface energy, and then increase protein
absorption and bioactivity. Subsequently, the cells attachment, adhesion,
proliferation and long term extracellular matrix will be enhanced. Cell response
to nano-patterned surface has been reviewed [306-307]. Cell performance on
the nano- or micro-structured surface depends on cell types, because different
cell lines might favour different surface roughness. For example, endothelial
cells and osteoblast cells preferentially adhere onto both nano-structured and
sub-micron structured titanium surfaces rather than smooth titanium surfaces
[308]. Macrophage-like cells respond to smaller surface features 30 nm in
height, and endothelial cells react to larger surface features such as those with a
-42-
height greater than 100 nm [309-310]. More recently, it was proposed that
disordered nano-patterns might increase cellular adhesion better, and
osteoblastic/osteospecific differentiations as well in contrast to ordered nano-
patterns [311-313].
The techniques for modification of surface roughness can be classified into
three categories: physical method, chemical method and their combinations.
The surface can be featured as ordered or disordered patterns. The nano-scale
features can be nano-rods, nano-ridges, nano-wires, nano-pits, nano-dots, nano-
particles, nano-crystals, and nano-fibres (See in Fig. 2.18).
Fig.2.18. Various nano-structured surfaces, a) nanopits [314], b) nanoparticles [315], c) nanowires [316], d) nanogrooves, e) nanoridges, f) sharp-tip nanoridges, g) nanocrystals [317], h) nanorods, and i) nanofibres [318].
-43-
Plasma etching: high energy plasma can etch the substrate surface, causing the
formation of rough surfaces. It was used to produce disordered nano features
on scaffold surface many years ago. For example, atmospheric pressure plasma
treatment on PLLA can induce formation of nano-patterned surface for cell
growth (Fig. 2.19) [13]. Plasma etching method is mainly suitable for thin
films or membranes, because the plasma cannot penetrate into the thick
scaffolds [319-320]. For this reason, it is not quite suitable for surface
modification on 3D scaffolds.
Fig.2.19. PLLA film treated with different plasma voltages, a) plain surface; b), c) and d) plasma treatment to form 70 nm to 100 nm nano-featured surfaces. [13]
Template method: The procedure of using template to make a nano/micro-
structured surface is very simple, cost effective and there is no need for
expensive facility. This method was widely used in tissue engineering (Fig.
2.20) [321]. Silicon and AAO are good template candidates due to their porous
-44-
structure, but they are not suitable for 3D porous scaffold surface
modifications.
Fig.2.20. Scheme of template methods, a) Overturning method to form nanopits, b) directly deposition method to form concaves [321]
Lithography: includes photo-nanolithography, colloidal lithography,
nanoimprint lithography, electro-beam lithography, focused-ion beam
lithography, dip-pen lithography, transfer lithography and interference
lithography. This series of methods are modern tool to modify surface. Fig.
2.21 illustrates one of the novel lithography systems, reflective electron beam
lithography. It can greatly improve the throughout per hour [322]. Photo-
nanolithography needs photo-masks and the polymer should be photo-active,
which narrows the selection of polymers [323]. Ion implantation method can
introduce a severe compositional and chemical modification to the polymer
surface. But the shallow penetration depth and the relatively high machine cost
prevent its wide use in 3D polymer scaffolds [324-325]. Other lithography face
similar challenges: it requires costly special equipments, and the processing
procedure is time-consuming. This treatment is limited to small area.
-45-
Fig.2.21. Diagram of REBL nano-writer concept [322]
Electrospinning: can generate porous fibrous structure for better cell growth.
The weak points of this technique are that it is not able to provide thick 3D
structure, and the surface nano-features cannot be controlled exactly [17].
Although novel fabrication method can make electrospun mat form 3D tissue
scaffolds, the nanofibre mat is actually situated between the micro-pores, but
not on the surface of individual pore [186].
Wet chemistry methods including chemical etching, polymer demixing, LBL
coating, sputter coating and sandblasting may solve the problem of poor
penetration. It also can modify surfaces throughout the whole scaffolds [326-
327].
Chemical etching: is the basic method to get nano-textured surface. Acid or
base etching method is usually used in metal, ceramic scaffold [328-329], and
sometimes polymer surfaces [330]. For example, PU and PLGA were etched
-46-
by HNO3 and NaOH separately to get nano-structured surfaces (Fig.2.22) [12].
However, strong acid and base are not suitable for polymer-related scaffolds,
because they might de-composite polymer and influence the mechanical
property of scaffolds.
Fig.2.22. Chemical etching to get submicro-or nano-structured surfaces [308]
Polymer demixing method: for nano-patterned surfaces relies on the
spontaneous phase separation of polymer blends (uniform in one solvent).
Polymer demixing can get island structure having the exact same component as
the body polymer, and this method can also control the island height from 10-
100 nm (Fig. 2.23) [331].
-47-
Fig.2.23. AFM images of islands formed using different polymer blends, a) 20% w/w poly(p-bromostyrene): 80% w/w poly(styrene), b) 60% w/w poly(p-bromostyrene): 40% w/w poly(styrene,c) 80% w/w poly(p-bromostyrene): 20% w/w poly(styrene), d) AFM image of 45 nm high PS/PBrS islands,e) AFM image of 50 nm high PS/PnBMA islands [331]
Layer by layer electsostatic self-assembly (ESA): is often used in biomedical
field for incorporation of specific biomacromolecules or bioactive molecules
onto scaffold surface, due to its ability to control the coating quantity and
coating thickness [332-333]. Layer by layer coating can be used to get nano-
patterned surface by coating nanoparticles or nanorods on the surface. Silica
nanoparticles have been used to coat fabrics to obtain buoyancy properties by
this method (Fig. 2.24) [334].
Fig.2.24. SEM images of untreated cotton fabric (a and b) and cotton fabrics assembled with (PAH/SiO2)n multilayers: (c) n = 1, (d) n = 3, (e) n = 5, and (f) n=7 [334].
-48-
Issues on nano-patterned surfaces
1) It is often difficult to separate the influences between the surface
chemistry and the surface topography, because the surface chemistry
usually changes with the modification of surface topography.
2) Nanoparticles modified surface may induce allergic or inflammatory
reactions or influence hemolysis and blood coagulation [335-338].
3) Whist many methods are available for achieving nano-surface features,
achieving fully ordered and controlled surface structures for 3D
scaffolds remains a challenge.
2.4.2 Bioactivity improvement for bone tissue engineering The natural bone is a composite consisting of inorganic apatite nanocrystals
and collagen fibres, and the inorganic apatite nanocrystals deposit on collagen
fibres to form a three dimensional structure [339]. Apatite is proved to be
excellent in biocompatibility, bioactivity and osteoconductivity [340]. It can
reduce the interface energy between human bone mineral and the surface
apatite layer on scaffold when implantation. Considerable efforts have been
spent on enhancing bioactivity by coating with bone-like apatite, calcium
phosphate ceramic or hydroxyapatite on the surface of metal or polymer
through plasma spraying [341], ion sputtering [342], laser deposition [343],
sol-gel deposition [340], and dip coating sintering [344]. They usually required
high temperature or specific pH condition. The prepared apatite is not similar
to that in human body, and lacks bioactivity. It was believed that via soaking
in SBF solution, the apatite formed a low crystallinity and nano-crystal size,
which is more similar to natural bone and easy to degrade [345]. Fig. 2.25
shows various CaP surface structures [346]. Usually the polymer surface was
modified to have functional groups like carboxylic acid, hydroxyl groups, Si-
OH, Ti-OH, Zr-OH, Nb-OH and Ta-OH which were effective to induce apatite
nucleation by capturing calcium and phosphate ions from SBF solution [347-
348]. With time, bone-like apatite layer was easily formed on polymer surface.
-49-
Fig.2.25. Apatite coatings with different morphologies, a) and b) apatite precursor spheres, c) and d) plate-like apatite, e) and f) small plate-like apatite formed, g) and h) conventional apatite formed after immersing in SBF for 1 and 14 days, respectively.[346]
The common problem for those methods is that the deposition is time-
consuming. For example it took 60 days to form apatite on PCL film surface.
So to speed up the apatite formation on polymer surface, many methods have
been tried.
-50-
1) Pre-dipping in Ca2+ and PO43- solution to achieve nucleation of CaP on the
surface, and then soaking in SBF solution. These procedures were repeated
several times for better nucleation [349].
2) Surface was functionalised with special groups for effectively controlling
the nucleation procedure. NaOH treatment of PCL was used to induce the
formation of –COOH groups for speeding up the nucleation procedure [350].
NaOH is a strong base, which may cause decomposition of polymer bone
scaffold.
Plasma technology was used to modify the surface chemical properties in an
environment-friendly way. It could offer polymer surface with active groups
such as carboxylic acid, hydroxyl groups by simple atmosphere treatment
[319]. O2 or argon plasma pre-treatment to introduce functional groups on
polymer surface has exhibited significant improvement in CaP formation on
polymer surface [351-352].
3) Soaking in high concentration SBF
Soaking can be done in a solution of high SBF concentration, for example
using 2×, 3×, 5×, or 10× times of SBF. The 10×SBF is very unstable, and hard
to prepare, CO2 gas was used to improve the stability of 10×SBF [353-354].
Another problem for the high concentration SBF is that apatite formed from a
high concentration SBF may have different component to that of human bone.
This may affect the vivo experiment or implantation [355].
Among these methods, the nucleation induced by surface functionalisation is
the most effective, and the time for the formation of a sufficient CaP layer can
be shortened significantly.
2.4.3 Antibacterial scaffolds
The main failure of tissue implantation is caused by infection [356], like many
cases from dental implantation [357-358] and in vitro fertilization cycles [359].
-51-
Such an issue has not received much attention, presumably because most of the
studies are focused on how to improve cell attachment, growth and even
proliferation.
The usually used disinfection method includes UV irradiation, autoclave,
dry/wet heat, ionizing radiation or 75% ethanol disinfection, which is either
time-consuming or not cost-effective. More importantly, they have limitation
in certain scaffolds and might decrease the mechanical properties. Alcohol
sterilisation is not always effective for bacteria. After the implantation, the
tissue scaffold in the body is also facing a great risk of infection. Moreover, the
tissue implanted often resists antibiotics resulting in failure of implantation
[360].
If scaffolds were coated with one antibacterial layer, it would be able to stop
bacterial infection. Actually, there are already many applications of
antibacterial coatings in the biomedical area, such as valves [361], pins [362],
vascular [363], catheter [364] and prostheses [365-366]. The antibacterial
agents that have been considered for biomedical uses range from metal ions,
metal compounds and organic agents. They can kill microorganisms but are
somewhat toxic too. One useful article defined a biocompatibility index to
compare the safety of antibacterial agents in biomedical use [367]. Results
indicated that silver nitrate (AgNO3) is the most toxic one to murine fibroblast,
followed by octenidine dihy- drochloride (OCT), silver (I) sulfadiazine (SSD),
benzalkonium chloride (BAC), cetylpyri- dinium chloride (CPC),
chlorhexidine digluconate (CHX), triclosan (TRI), polyhexamethylene
biguanide (PHMB), mild silver protein (MSP), iodine in solution [PVP-I(s)]
and povidone iodine in ointment [PVP-I(o)]. When taking the antibacterial
properties into account, the OCT and PHMB are the best candidates for cell-
related antibacterial agents.
Nano-Silver:Silver has been recognised for its excellent antibacterial activity
since ancient time against a broad range of microorganisms, over 650 disease-
causing organisms in the body, even at low concentrations [368]. More
-52-
recently, it was identified to interrupt HIV cellular replication [369]. With the
development of nanotechnology, Ag is favoured due to its small size and large
surface to volume ratio. This can increase the contact chance to microbes and
then vastly improve its antimicrobial activity [370]. It differs from bulk
materials in many aspects, like possessing high extinction coefficient, high
surface Plasmon resonance and anti-microbial properties that are less toxic
than bulk form [371-372]. It also has been proved to kill several pathogenic
bacteria that have resistance to various antibiotics [373]. Silver has been
applied as biocide widely in daily life, such as bandage [374], food packing
[375], water or air treatment [376-377]. In biomedical area, Ag based wound
dressing [372, 378] and Ag coated medical devices have been extensively used
as well [362-363, 365].
To date, the mechanism of Ag killing bacteria is explained as: 1) Ag caused
leakage of the ROS outside the cell leading to apoptosis [186]; 2) Ag interacted
with thiol groups to prevent the cell proteins from forming correctly and DNA
replication [379]; 3) Attachment to the cell surface, altering the function of the
cell membrane [380].The antibacterial property of Ag depends on the size,
shape and charge. For example, size ranging from 1 to 10 nm has better
bactericidal activity because of more chances to contact with bacteria [381].
Truncated triangular shaped is the best among other shapes like tubes, rods,
triangles, wires and aligned wires [380, 382].
Although many researchers have raised concern that Ag might have potentially
negative influence to health, some cell culture experiments have shown Ag
nanoparticles are cytotoxic to rat liver cell line [383], lung epithelial cells [384],
keratinocytes and fibroblast cell lines [385], and PC-12 neuroendocrine cell
line [386] and brain ultrastructrue [387]. Ag in most studies is suggested to be
non-toxic to mammalian systems [388-389]. In comparison to the surgery
failure due to the infection, Ag is much less toxic to human body. If only the
concentration, size and status for optimum antimicrobial activity is known, Ag
would be perfect for disinfection of scaffolds for implantation applications
[390].
-53-
Till now, the Ag coating on bio-devices or fabrics for antibacterial function has
been through wet chemical and physical methods. Generally, it is to make the
silver salt to reduce into nAg particles. Most of the physical methods (e.g.
microwave irradiation [391], UV irradiation, γ-irradiation [392-393], ultrasonic
[394-395] and plasma coating) are best for film surface treatment and need
expensive devices. However, wet chemical modification provides easy,
convenient treatment to both film and 3D structure, and no expensive devices
are necessary. Sol-gel method has been widely applied in the textile industry.
A disadvantage of this method is that it is hard to get uniformly distributed Ag
nanoparticles throughout the whole fabric [396-397]. Layer by layer coating
method makes it possible to coat 3D matrix evenly, but it involves multi-step
and complicated treatment [398-399].
PHMB:Polyhexamethylene biguanide (PHMB), also known as polyhexanide
and polyaminopropyl biguanide, was firstly found to have good antibacterial
property in mid 1970s. As another very popular biocide,it is a mixture of
polymeric biguanides (Fig. 2.26, where n=2–40), with a mean size of n=11,
giving a molecular mass range of approximately 400–8000, with various
combinations of amino, guanide or cyanoguanide as end-groups. PHMB can
be synthesised using the following simple method. Firstly,
hexamethylenediamine reacts with sodium dicyandiamide to get
hexamethylene biscyanoguanidine. Secondly, the resultant products react neat
with hexamethylenediamine hydrochloride at 160-185 °C for 4 hours under
constant stirring to form oligomeric molecules of PHMB [400-401].
Fig.2.26. Structure of PHMB
PHMB is effective to a broad spectrum of gram-positive and gram-negative
bacteria, fungi, yeast, and even HIV-1 [402]. Many researches focus on the
effectiveness of PHMB on bacteria from ophthalmic area (Acanthamoeba
-54-
polyphaga, A castellanii, and A hatchetti.), water systems (Legionella
pneumophila.), biofilms (E coli and S epidermidis), and fungal infection
(Trichophyton mentagrophytes).
PHMB has been found diverse applications. For example, it was used to
prepare antimicrobial fabrics in textile industry [403-404], food disinfection in
food industry [405], and in many wound dressing products (e.g. AMD). It was
used to avoid wound infection both in film and foam [406]. It was also widely
used for contact lens disinfection solution in ophthalmology [407]. In hospital,
it has been used as skin antiseptics clinically [408], commercial swimming
pool cleaning agents also contain PHMB components [409].
The action of PHMB on microbial is usually regarded as contact-killing.
PHMB can attach itself to the bacterial cell membrane, disrupting microbial to
kill the bacteria. PHMB interacts with the bacteria surface initially and then is
transferred to the cytoplasm and cytoplasmic membranes. Another explanation
is that the cationic biguanide functional group can react with negatively
charged bacterial outer membrane, causing the increase in fluidity and
permeability. As a result, the lipopolysaccharides are released from the outer
membrane, and organism is killed. Some researchers believe that PHMB can
cause the formation of the acidic phospholipids of the cytoplasmic membrane,
resulting in the organism death eventually.
Since PHMB has many active groups in the backbone, it is easy to bond
PHMB to cotton fibre by multiple cationic groups, providing the stability
between PHMB and cotton fibres. It is also easily applied to cotton fibre by a
simple pad-dry-cure procedure. The PHMB can be exhausted on the fibre
surface effectively. For synthetic fibre, self-crosslinkable resin and catalyst can
assist the reaction between PHMB and fibres. For wound dressing application,
PHMB can be introduced to the dressing fabric to protect against the
development of wound infection by decreasing the bacterial load in the
dressing and bacterial penetration through the dressing. PHMB is also
-55-
incorporated into the foam dressing during processing while the dense open-
cell foam matrix develops.
When assessing the suitability of PHMB for use in the biomedical field, its
cytotoxicity to mammalian cells must be taken into consideration. It has a low
toxicity to eye cells in very low concentration (about 0.0001%), and low tissue
response and minimal patient discomfort [410]. When used for wound
dressing, it didn’t elicit any skin reactions. As to other cells such as HaCaT
cells, Human keratinocytes and fibroblasts [411-412], it showed very low and
nearly no toxicity.
Several researchers [210, 411] have studied the co-culture of bacterial and
human mammalian cells on biocide-containing matrices. Many exciting results
have been obtained. For example, PHMB has been proved to have ability to
inhibit HIV-1 virus bonding to human health cells [402]. PHMB treatment can
be useful for removing bacteria from cartilage if a defined predetermined
concentration is applied [413]. PHMB has also been tested for protecting
human keratinocytes from bacterial damages [411]. Nanosilver containing
PHBV scaffolds has been proved to effectively inhibit the proliferation of
Staphylococcus aureus (Gram-positive) and Klebsiella pneumoniae (Gram-
negative) bacteria, whereas the scaffolds do not show any in vitro cell
cytotoxicity [301]. But there are also some opposite examples. The nano-silver
contained ceramic scaffolds were proved to negatively affect osteoblast-like
cell proliferation, meanwhile it can kill 99.9% Staphylococcus aureus [414]
PHMB can result in severe damage to osteoblast cells hFOB [415].
-56-
C H A P T E R T H R E E
Materials, Methods and Characterisation Technologies
The materials, preparation and characterisation techniques used for all the
experiments in this PhD study are listed in this chapter.
3.1. Materials
Poly(ε-caprolactone) (purity >99% Mn=80,000, Aldrich), anhydrous ethanol (
>99.5%, Aldrich), Tetraethoxysilane (TEOS), G418 solution, food-level
ground sugar (sucrose, local supermarket), Dulbecco’s phosphate buffer saline
powder (DPBS, Gibco), phenol-red-free media (RPMI, Invitrogen),
glutaraldehyde (2.1%) in phosphate-buffered saline (PBS 10 mM, pH 7.4)
(Whiteley medical, aidal plus), Osmium tetroxide (OsO4) (SPI suppliers, 2% in
water), tannic acid (Aldrich), MTS-kit bioassay (Promega), phenazine
methosulphate (PMS, Aldrich), sodium chloride (≥99.5%, Aldrich) and
phosphate-buffered saline (PBS 10 mM, pH 7.4) were used as received. Milli
Q water was always used in experiments.
3.2. Fabrication and surface modification of fibrous
scaffolds
PCL filaments were extruded on a Wayne Bantam single screw extrusion line
with a 12.5 mm screw diameter and 20:1 length to diameter ratio. The screw
used had a 4:1 compression ratio. The screw speed was set at 25 rpm. An 18-
filament die was used for the extrusion. This extrusion unit has a 5-zone heated
unit set at 93.3 ºC in the first zone ramping to 121 ºC in the final die zone. The
extruded fibres were drawn from the spinneret die at 100 metres per minute.
The PCL fibres were cut to 2 mm length prior to use.
-57-
Sucrose sugar powders were sieved (sieves 48 mesh and 28 mesh, Cole-
Parmer) to narrow the size in the range between 300 μm and 600 μm. The
sieved sugar powders were then mixed with short PCL fibres in different ratios.
To improve the sugar-fibre adhesion, a small volume of deionized water (1 ml
per 10g of sugar-fibre mixture) was added during blending.
The mixture was then cast into a capped metallic mould and placed into a 62
ºC oven for 30 minutes to allow the fibres to bond with each other. After
cooling down to room temperature, the heated fibre-sugar blend was washed
extensively with deionized water to leach off the sugar. The matrices were then
dried at room temperature for 24 hours. The thickness of the matrices was
controlled to near 2 mm. In order to match the size of tissue culture wells, the
matrices were cut into a thin disk shape (diameter 1.4 cm).
Synthesis of silica nanoparticles
Silica nanoparticles were synthesised according to the Stober method [416].
Briefly, 4.5 ml TEOS were dropwise added in a mixed solution with 3 ml
water, 150 ml ethanol and 9 ml ammonia, and then stirred overnight, followed
by centrifuging at 6000 rpm for 30 mins to collect the particle pallets. Then the
nanoparticles could be washed twice with water and keep in distilled water for
further use.
Layer-by-layer electrostatic self-assembly of nanoparticles
Electrostatic layer-by-layer coating method was conducted according to the
following procedure: 1) PCL matrix was treated by 1M NaOH for 2h to form –
COOH on the surface, 2) then it was dipped into silica nanoparticle solution for
5 mins to get a thick silica coating, 3) following it, the samples were dipped
into 1% PAA solution to get a negative charge layer, 4) the samples were
dipped into silica solution to get the first bilayer treated samples. Between
every step, the samples were thoroughly washed in distilled water and allowed
getting rid of the extra components on the surfaces. Through repeat dipping
into silica and PAA solution, multilayer silica can be applied on the surface.
-58-
With this method, the thickness of silica nanoparticles on the surface could be
controlled effectively and the surface nano-morphology could also be
manipulated easily.
Plasma treatment of PCL scaffolds
A lab-scale vacuum plasma system (Fig. 3.1) was used for plasma surface
treatments. The energy used was 20W. Both the front and back surfaces of
each specimen were treated for 3 min, separately.
Fig.3.1. a) Vacuum plasma surface treatment unit, b) the plasma treatment zone
Simulated Body Solution (SBF) soaking
1×SBF solution was prepared following Kokubo’s methods [417]. Briefly, the
SBF was prepared by dissolving NaCl, NaHCO3, KCl, K2HPO4•3H2O,
MgCl2•6H2O, 1M HCl, CaCl2, and Na2SO4 in ultra-pure water and buffering to
-59-
pH 7.25 at 36.5 °C with tris(hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (final
concentration of 50mM) and aqueous 1M HCl solution. The final solutions
were filtered to eliminate impurities and stored at 4 ºC for several weeks
without precipitation.
For 10 times concentrated SBF (10×SBF), the preparation was according to
document [418]. NaCl, KCl, CaCl2•2H2O, MgCl2•6H2O, Na2HPO4 were
completely dissolved in MilliQ water in the given order at room temperature.
The solution was then adjusted to pH near 4.35 and kept at room temperature
for several months. NaHCO3 was added in to improve pH near 6.50 just before
coating samples. The calculated ion concentrations of 1×SBF and 10×SBF
solutions in comparison with those in human blood plasma (HBP) are listed in
Table 3.1.
Table 3.1. Ion Concentrations of the SBFs and Human Blood Plasma in Total and Dissociated Amounts
Concentration/mM
Ion Blood
Plasma 1×SBF 10×SBF
Na+ 142.0 142.0 1020
K+ 5.0 5.0 5.0
Mg 2+ 1.5 1.5 5.0
Ca2+ 2.5 2.5 25
Cl- 103.0 147.8 1065
HCO3- 27.0 4.2 10
HPO42- 1.0 1.0 10
SO42- 0.5 0.5 N/A
-60-
Samples after the vacuum plasma treatment were immediately immersed into
1×SBF or 10×SBF at physiological pH of 7.4 and temperature of 37 °C for a
certain time to deposit one layer of apatite. After that, the matrix disks were
thoroughly washed by MilliQ water and dried overnight at room temperature
for further use.
Electroless plating
Electroless plating was chosen to coat nano-Ag to the surface of 3D fibrous
scaffolds. Two-part electroless Ag plating was prepared as follows:
Solution A: 30g of NaOH were added to an AgNO3 aqueous solution
containing 70g AgNO3 and 1200 ml water. Precipitation occurred instantly
during the addition of the NaOH. Concentrated ammonia (35 wt %) was
dropped into the Ag solution until it became clear. 5mg of L-cystine was then
added into this solution to give the Solution A.
Solution B: 90 g of D-glucose and 8 g of citric acid were dissolved into 200 ml
ethanol and 2L water to give the Solution B.
The cut circular discs were put into reaction beaker, and the two solutions were
added into it together for a certain time (from 10 mins to 40 mins were
examined in this study)
Layer-by-layer coating of PHMB on 3D fibrous scaffolds
3D PCL fibrous matrices were firstly treated with 1M NaOH for 2h to induce
the formation of –COOH groups on the surface, and then they were dipped
into 1% PHMB solution (pH 8.0) to get a full negatively charged surface,
following which was a continuous cycle of dipping between 1% PAA solution
and 1% PHMB solution, both at pH 8.0. It was marked as 1 layer PHMB for
-61-
the first dipping, and then 1bilayer PHMB for the first cycle, 3 bilayers PHMB
for 3 cycles, and so on.
3.3. Cell culture related technologies
3.3.1 Sterilisation
All the samples in this thesis used for biological experiments were sterilised by
rinsing with 70% ethanol, saturated sodium chloride aqueous solution and
MilliQ water (R=18.2MΩ). They were then placed individually in the wells of
tissue culture plates and washed with sterile 70% ethanol for 30 min ~1.5 hr on
an orbital shaker. The 3D scaffolds were rinsed with fresh 70% ethanol for 5
minutes, dried in biohazard hood, and kept in clean and dry containers for
further uses.
3.3.2 Cell culture media
The culture media for fibroblasts was prepared as mixture of 500 ml fibroblast
media (RPMI + Glutamax) (Invitrogen) supplemented with 40 ml foetal bovine
serum (FBS, Bovogen), 5 ml of penicillin and streptomycin solutions (10000
U/ml penicillin, 10000 g/ml streptomycin, Sigma-Aldrich) and 2 ml amphostat
B (Thermo Scientific).
The culture media for CHO cells was prepared as mixture of 500 ml of CHO
media (GIBCO + Glutamax) (Invitrogen) supplemented with 40 ml foetal
bovine serum (FBS, Bovogen), 5 ml of penicillin and streptomycin solutions
(10000 U/ml penicillin, 10000 g/ml streptomycin, Sigma-Aldrich) and 2 ml
amphostat B (Thermo Scientific).
The culture media for Saos-2 cells was prepared as mixture of 500 ml of Saos-
2 media (MEM+Glutamax TM-1) (Invitrogen) supplemented with 50 ml foetal
bovine serum (FBS, Bovogen), 5 ml of penicillin and streptomycin solutions
(10000 U/ml penicillin, 10000 g/ml streptomycin, Sigma-Aldrich) and 5 ml
non-essential amino acid solution (NEAA) (Sigma-Aldrich).
-62-
The culture media for Hfob 1.19 cells were prepared as mixture of 500 ml of
hFOB media (DMEM: F-12 Medium without phenol red) (Invitrogen)
supplemented with 50 ml foetal bovine serum (FBS, Bovogen), 150 mg of
G418 (Sigma-Aldrich).
3.3.3 Cell lines
Rat skin fibroblasts, Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells and Saos-2 osteoblast
like cells were donated by Barwon Health hospital in Australia.
Human Osteoblast cells (Cell line number CRL-11372) were purchased from
American Type Culture Collection (ATCC).
3.3.4 Subculture of cells
The obtained rat skin fibroblast and CHO cells were subcultured firstly in 37
°C incubators to get a steady growth for further cell culture study usage. Fig.
3.2 indicated the healthy state of fibroblasts and CHO cells. For fibroblasts,
when growing on the flat tissue culture plates (TCP), they maintained a flat
multipolygon shape. In contrast, CHO cells were spindle shaped and also grew
nicely on the TCP surface.
-63-
Fig.3.2. Cell morphology of fibroblasts (a, and a’) on TCP under low and high magnification at 37ºC and CHO (b) on coverslip.
The original hFOB1.19 and Saos-2 cells were subcultured in 34 °C and 37 °C
incubators separately, and they were ensured to grow healthily before doing
any experiment further. The morphologies of hFOB 1.19 and Saos-2 cells used
were shown in Fig. 3.3. From the lower and the higher magnification of
images, the cells attach to the TCP surface nicely and grow very well.
Fig.3.3. Cell morphology of hFOB 1.19 (a, a’ and a”) and Saos-2 (b, b’ and b”) on TCP under low and high magnification at 34 ºC and 37 ºC
3.3.5 Cell seeding
In this thesis, different seeding methods were utilised.
-64-
1) Static seeding method: Briefly, 50 μl cell/media suspension was dropped
onto the scaffold surface as uniformly as possible using a pipette. After 1.5 hr,
other 950 μl media was topped up. On the second day of seeding, the matrices
were washed with PBS and transferred to a new culture well. The number of
cells attached on the matrices also was calculated by MTS assay described
later.
The seeding efficiency was calculated according to the equation (3.1):
(3.1)
2) Dynamic seeding method using spinner flask: A certain volume of media
was put into the spinner flasks, and it was magnetically stirred under a certain
speed for a pre-set time. In detail, 110 ml of seeding media was put into the
spinner flasks, and the speed of spinner flasks was set in the range between 50
rpm and 80 rpm. A seeding density of 1×106 cells/ml was used.
3) Dynamic seeding method using small rotary vial: A certain volume of media
was put into the small rotary vial, and it was put into the blood roller machine
to rotate overnight to seed the cell uniformly onto the scaffolds. The seeding
volume was only 2 ml, the rotating speed was between 23 rpm to 52 rpm, and
the seeding density was 5×104 cells/matrix.
4) Dynamic seeding method using orbital shaker: Different seeding volumes
ranging from 50, 100, 200, 500, to 1000μl were put into the well of tissue
culture plates, and it was put onto orbital shaker to shake overnight at speed of
0, 50, 75, 100, or 125 rpm. The seeding density was controlled at 5×104
cells/matrix.
3.3.6 Cell culture
All the samples after cell seeding experienced static cell culture. They were put
into the standard incubator (37 ºC, 5% CO2). In the culture period, the media
were first replenished after the first seven days and then every three days.
-65-
3.3.7 MTS assay
MTS assay is a straightforward and simple method to detect the cell
proliferation. The principle of the assay is that MTS tetrazolium compound is
reduced in cells into a coloured formazan compound that is soluble in tissue
culture media. This conversion occurs via dehydrogenase enzymes that are
present in live cells. The colour then could be read in density to decide the live
cell number [419].
During the culture period, matrices at different time points were chosen for
MTS assay. The matrices were rinsed with PBS, to remove non-viable cells,
and were transferred to new wells with 0.5 ml phenol-red-free RPMI media
(Invitrogen). The original seeded well was also topped up with 0.5 ml phenol-
red-free media. Wells and matrices were let to react with 50 μl of 5 mg/ml
MTS solution in phosphate buffered saline (PBS, Sigma Aldrich) for 4 hrs in
37 C incubator. As colour-development solution, 375 μl phenol red free media
and 125 μl MTS and PMS in PBS solution (0.046 mg/ml PMS and 2 mg/ml
MTS) were added. Samples were incubated in a 37 C incubator for 1 hr, after
which 100 μl of the solution was withdrawn to measure the absorption at 490
nm on a microplate reader within the hour.
MTS standard curves were obtained in a similar way by using a series of
samples containing a known number of viable cells. The absorption was
adjusted by subtracting the readings of the zero wells from all of the other
readings. The cell numbers from the wells, the matrix or the sum of both were
calculated based on the standard curve. All the cell culture related results were
collected in triplicate and were presented in form of average and standard
deviation.
3.3.8 Cytotoxicity test
A typical cytotoxicity test was implemented for 3 days [DS/EN ISO10993-5].
Sample scaffolds were seeded with rat skin fibroblasts (donated by Geelong
Hospital, VIC, Australia) via static seeding into a 24-well tissue culture plates
(Greiner, Interpath), using a calculated density of 1 × 104 cells/well. Cells were
-66-
cultivated in 1 ml of fibroblast media under standard culture conditions (i.e. at
37 ºC, in a humidified atmosphere containing 5% CO2 and 95% air). The cell-
seeded scaffolds were maintained for 4 hrs in a 37 °C incubator prior to the
addition of 1 ml culture medium into each well. The samples were then
cultivated at 37 °C, in a humidified atmosphere containing 5% CO2 and 95%
air. The cell number was determined by haemocytometer using a Trypan blue
dye (Sigma-Aldrich) to exclude nonviable cells from the count.
3.3.8 Stain of samples for microscopic observation
After cell culture, cells on matrices were collected from the culture plates and
washed three times with sterilized PBS, then immersed in a 2% para-
formaldehyde in PBS for 10 minutes at room temperature. After rinsing with
PBS for three times, cells were stained with 1% toluidine blue in 2% borax and
0.04% methylene blue. The stained samples now were ready for observation
under microscope.
3.3.9 Stain of samples for SEM observation
Before SEM observation, cells on the scaffold samples were fixed by
immersing the cell-carrying scaffolds in 2.1% wt/vol glutaraldehyde in
phosphate-buffered saline (PBS 10mM, pH 7.4) for 4 hrs at room temperature.
After rinsing with sequential dilutions of PBS in deionized water, the matrices
were immersed in a 2% wt/vol solution of OsO4 in water for 20 minutes. The
scaffolds were then immersed in a 1% wt/vol aqueous solution of tannic acid
for 10 minutes, and then rinsed with 20% ethanol/water solution. The scaffolds
were then freeze-dried in a freeze-drier (Labconco Freezone 2.0)
3.3.10 Laser scanning confocal microscopy
Laser scanning confocal microscopy (LSCM, Leica TCS SP5, Germany)
equipped with Argon (458nm, 476nm, 488nm, 496nm and 514nm) and 405
Diode (405 nm) lasers was used to observed all the cell-contained samples.
After cell culture, the cell-carrying matrices were collected from the culture
plates and washed three times with sterilised PBS to remove medium and
-67-
unviable cells. The matrices were then immersed in a 2% para-formaldehyde in
PBS for 10 minutes at room temperature. After rinsing with PBS for three
times, a permeabilisation solution (0.2% Triton X-100 in PBS, Sigma-Aldrich)
was applied for 10 minutes at room temperature, and the matrices were rinsed
again with fresh PBS for three times. Staining with DAPI (dilution ratio of
1:100, Invitrogen) and Phalloidin Alexa 568 (dilution ratio of 1:100,
invitrogen) was performed overnight at 4 °C in dark. After rinsing with PBS
for three times to remove residuary fluorescent dye, the matrices were imaged
under the confocal microscope (Fig. 3.4). The excitation wavelengths for DAPI
and Phalloidin are 358 nm and 578 nm, respectively. The emission
wavelengths for DAPI and Phalloidin are 461 nm and 600 nm, respectively. A
series of slices were obtained as well by focusing different depth at certain step
throughout thickness in the Z-axis.
Fig.3.4. Confocal microscope unit
3.3.11 Alkaline Phosphatase (ALP) assay
ALP assay can quantitatively determine the alkaline phosphatase formed in
cells. The principle of this method is that alkaline phosphatase catalyses the
hydrolysis of p-nitrophenyl phosphate and liberating p-nitrophenol and
phosphate. The rate of p-nitrophenol formation could be measured
photometrically, which is proportional to the catalytic concentration of alkaline
phosphatase [420].
To determine the amount of ALP produced by the cells seeded on the
scaffolds, scaffolds/cells constructs were washed with PBS for three times,
moved to a new well, and then lysated by 1% Triton-100 under 37 °C for 1 hr
-68-
after pre-decided culture time. p-Nitrophenyl phosphate (pNPP) was added to
the supernatant and incubated at room temperature for 1 hr. The enzyme
reaction (conversion from p-nitrophenyl phosphate (pNPP) into p-nitrophenol
(pNP)) was then stopped by a solution containing 2 M NaOH in distilled water.
The absorption of p-nitrophenol (pNP) formed was determined at 410 nm. A
standard curve was made using pNP values ranging from 0 to 300 U/l. The
results were expressed as Units of pNP produced/l/hr. Each experiment was
done in triplicate.
3.3.12 Alkaline Phosphatase (ALP) staining for microscopy
observation
After a certain culture time, cell/scaffold composites were flushed with PBS
and moved to a new well. They were then stained with 0.5% (v/v) Naphthol
AS-MX Phosphate/N,N Dimetylformamide (DMF) solution and 0.6 mg/ml
diazonium salt (fast red violet LB salts) in tris-hydrochloric acid buffer (pH
8.74) and water solution at 37 °C for 30 minutes. The outcome of this is that
enzyme activities were stain in colour from pink to red. After taking images,
the cell/scaffold composites were rinsed in distilled water for three times, and
Mayer’s hematoxylin was utilised to stain nucleus of hFOB cells for 1 minute,
then taking images again to get figures with both nuclei and ALP stain.
3.3.13Statistical analysis
All experiments were conducted in triplicates and data are expressed as mean ±
standard deviation. The cytotoxicity, MTS and ALP data were analysed on
SPSS (SPSS statistics 17.0) by using ANOVA and post hoc multiple
comparison tests. A p-value of less than 0.05 was considered statistically
significant.
-69-
3.4 Bacterium related technologies
3.4.1 Bacterial type
Escherichia coli bacteria were purchased from American Type Culture
Collection ( ATCC,Cat. No.35218).
3.4.2 Bacterial culture media
Modified tryptone soya broth (CM 0989B, approximate formular: Pancreatic
digest of casein, 17 g/L, Papaic digest of soybean meal,3 g/L) and tryptone
soya agars (CM 0131B, Pancreatic digest of casein, 15 g/L, Enzymatic digest
of soya bean, 5 g/L) were obtained from Oxoid Australia Pty Ltd.
The culture media were prepared following the instruction of ATCC. For E.
Coli: 16.5 g nutrient broth powders were dissolved in 500 ml distilled water by
gently warming and stirring in a 1 L capped bottle. The broth was sterilised by
autoclaving at 121 °C for 15 min. Then it was cooled down and kept in an
incubator at 37 °C with constant shaking for further use. The culture agar for E.
coli was prepared similarly instead by using 20 g agar powder in 500 ml
distilled water. After cooling down to near 50 °C, the agar was mixed by hand
shaking, and then directly poured into the plain plate to get agar plate with
almost equal agar thickness (2.5mm). It took 25-35 min to solidify the agar
medium. These agar plates can be kept stably in 4 °C for further use.
3.4.3 Antibacterial testing
The antibacterial assessment was tested based on a standard methodology: 1)
static direct contact method and 2) dynamic shaking flask method.
1) Static direct contact method. This was used to observe the antibacterial
property of samples directly by adding bacterial solution to sample surface.
Prepare the bacterial working solution by measuring the overnight bacterial
culture at 550 nm after 10× dilution in nutrient broth, calculating the
concentration of the culture according the OD value and diluting the solution
-70-
into 4 × 107 cells/mL. Seeding 107 cells onto the four stacked samples, and
these samples with cells were kept in a sterile bottle for a certain time (e.g. 30
min, 1 hr, 3hr, 5hr, 7hr, 24hr). After that, distilled water was added into the
bottle and these bottles were vigorously shaken to elute bacteria. Plates were
prepared for a series dilution of the elution and cultured at 37 ºC overnight.
The second day, the number of colonies on the plates were counted and
calculated for appropriate dilutions. In the experiments, samples without any
anti-bacterial treatments were used as control. Then the reduction percentage of
bacterial can be calculated by the equation below.
%100(%)A
ABreduction (3.2)
Where A is the colonies after incubation on the untreated samples, B is the
colonies after incubation on the anti-bacterial treatment samples. If B>A, no
reduction happens.
The entire handling and testing procedure was done in front of a flame of a
spirit lamp.
Fig.3.5. Flow chart indicating static anti-bacterial study
-71-
2) Dynamic shaking flask method. This can well mimic the possible
environment in future human body. Samples were in direct contact with
bacteria solution under vigorous shaking for a desired time. Briefly, working
solution was prepared by culture of E. coli from agar plates in sterilised
nutrient broth for one day. Then the Ag-PCL matrices were introduced into 8
mL of working solution in sterile tubes, which contains about 1.5x106 colony
forming units (CFU) of E. coli. The mixtures were cultured at 37 °C in a
shaking incubator (HD Scientific Suplies Pty Ltd) at 200 rpm for 1~8 hrs
separately. Pure sterile broth with non-treated PCL matrix was also tested as a
blank control. After the culture, the samples were vortexed for 1 min and
diluted serially in sterile distilled water. 50 μl of each dilution was seeded onto
LB agar using a surface spread plate technique duplicate. These plates were
incubated at 37 °C static for 24 hrs. Then the numbers of bacterial colonies
forming units (CFU) were counted. The counts were used to calculate the
surviving number of bacteria. The antibacterial efficacy (Ab%) of the specimen
was calculated according to the following equation:
%100)1((%)original
survive
CFUCFU
Ab (3.3)
Where CFUsurvive represents the colonies recovered from the samples; and
CFUoriginal is colonies recovered from original working solution. The entire
handling and testing procedure was done in front of a flame of a spirit lamp.
-72-
Fig.3.6. Flow chart showing dynamic anti-bacterial study
3.5 Characterisation tools
3.5.1 Photos
Matrix disks and as-prepared other samples were imaged under a digital
microscopy (Dino-lite plus, AnMo Electronics, China).
3.5.2 Matrix thickness measurement
The matrix thickness was measured under a load of 0.5N by digital MESDAN
micrometer showed in Fig. 3. 7.
-73-
Fig.3.7. MESDAN micrometer for fabric thickness measurement
3.5.3 Scanning electron microscopy
Scanning electron microscopy was carried out with a Supra 55VP SEM (Carl
Zeiss, Germany) microscope. It was used to investigate the surface
morphology of PCL fibrous matrices, the surface treated-samples, and cell-
bearing samples. Samples were cut into small circle (1.4cm in diameter) and
placed on SEM holders. Pictures were taken after sputter coating with gold
using a Bal-tec SCD50 sputter coater at 40 mA for 60-90 seconds. All images
were taken at a voltage of 10 keV and the magnification varied between 100
times up to 10000 times.
Electron microscopic images and energy-dispersive X-ray (EDX) mapping
were taken on a scanning electron microscope (SEM) Leica S440 and analysed
by ISIS software respectively.
3.5.4 Micro-computed tomography
The Micro XCT XRadia machine (XRadia Ine. USA) was used to scan samples
to get X-ray micro-computed tomography images. It has a cone beam geometry
that permits magnification regulation by adjusting the ratio of the distance
between the X-ray source and the sample (Z1) to the distance between the X-
ray source and the detector (Z2). At the same time the magnification also can
be controlled by magnification lens which are limited from 0.5 to 40. The
limiting resolution is between 1 and 30 m. Detector system: CCD camera
(Andor) combined with scintillara system to transfer X-ray to visible light. The
camera is capable of acquiring X-ray images of 2048 2048 pixels with a
depth of 16 bits per pixel.
The scan procotol of this experiment included: X-ray source voltage was
standerised at 40 kV and beam current at 150 A from tungshen as a target
material. The distances were set to 125 mm for Z1 and 20 mm for Z2. The
magnification factor from lens was 20. The samples were scanned at a
rotation step of 0.25 degrees over 180 degrees. It took about 13 hours for every
-74-
sample to get a 10243 voxel tomogram of 1.0 G data and capture 721
projections of 6.0 G data with a spatial resolution of 1.155 m and exposure
time of 60s/projection.
3.5.5 Processing of the micro-CT scanned series images
3D reconstruction was performed using Mimics software (Materilise,
Belgium). 100 sequential 200 × 200 pixel images were cropped from the serial
images from the centre of each sample. Imported into mimics, these serial core
images were reconstructed into 3D volumetric models. Thresholds were
inverted to allow measurement of pore characteristics within the model.
Subsequently, a region growing operation was performed to create a mask
consisting only of interconnected pore spaces. Volume for this region-grown
mask was determined and the ratio of region grown volume to the total volume
was calculated. The percentage of this ratio is defined as the degree of
interconnectivity.
3.5.6 Mechanical property
Uniaxial tensile testing of fibrous matrix was carried out at the ambient
temperature with reference of ASTM D638-98. The quadrate strip sample with
a size of 50 10 2mm was cut from fibrous mat and tested on an Tensile
Tester (LR30K, Lloyd Instruments, UK) equipped with serrated vise grips and
a 100 N load cell at a crosshead speed of 10 cm/min, gauge of 3 cm and no pre-
load. Maximum strength was determined as the strength values corresponding
to 50% strain if, at this stage, the samples were not damaged. The thickness of
every sample was pre-tested by a micrometer under pressure of 0.5 N.
Measurements were done three times for one matrix in exactly the same setting
to avoid errors from sample slippage and to get the average value and the
standard deviation. Compression strength was tested with the same machine
with sample in diameter of 37.55 mm.
-75-
Fig.3.8. Mechanical testing machine
3.5.7 Water contact angle
The water contact angles were measured using a KSV Model CAM101 Contact
Angle Meter (KSV Instruments Ltd, Finland, Fig. 3.9). The instrument
includes a video camera, a LED light source and electronics interface for the
unit. Samples were cut into 1.4 cm diameter circle disk and stick on a glass
slide. Then liquid drops of 1.20 mm diameter were placed on each sample
surface with a syringe (diameter: 0.71 mm) and the image of each drop was
captured at a rate of 1 per second after deposition onto sample surface and until
the water drop penetrated to the sample. The final angle was the average of five
testing results.
-76-
Fig.3.9. CAM101 KSV contact angle meter
3.5.8 Water hydraulic permeability
Hydraulic permeability was measured by a simple lab setup (Fig. 3.10), and the
hydraulic permeability of the porous materials were calculated according to
Darcy’s law [421]
Px
AQ
k (3.4)
Where k is the hydraulic permeability of the porous material, A is the flushing
area of the porous scaffold, Δx is the thickness of the scaffold, ΔP is the
pressure difference driving the fluid flow across the scaffold.
Fig.3.10. Setup for water hydraulic permeability testing
3.5.9 Water binding ability
The water binding ability of matrices was measured by weighing the dry mass
and wet mass after immersing in 5 ml water for 24 hrs at room temperature.
The binding ability was calculated by equation (3.5).
-77-
%100(%)wet
wetdry
Mass
MassMassabilitybindingWater
(3.5)
3.5.10 Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy
Fourier transform infrared (FTIR) spectra were recorded on FTIR
spectrophotometer (Bruker Vertex 70, Bruker Optik GmbH, Ettlingen,
Germany) coupled to a Golden Gate single reflection ATR unit for PCL matrix
and PCL surface treated samples. Routinely, background due to air was
subtracted. The absorption spectra of the surfaces were obtained for each
specimen and a total of 32 scans were accumulated at a resolution of 4 cm-1.
All the tests were carried out in a controlled environment, at 20 ± 2 ºC
temperature and 65 ± 2% relative humidity. The data was analysed using
OPUS 5.5 software.
Fig.3.11. Vertex 70 FTIR spectrophotometer
3.5.11 Atomic force microscopy
Atomic force microscope (AFM) images were taken by a DualScope DS 45-
40scanner (Danish Micro Engineering, Denmark) with a scan size of 5 × 5 μm.
Applied load during testing was 0.15 nN. The scanning speeds on nanofibre
membranes and polyester fibres were 100 and 5μm/s, respectively. The surface
roughness was calculated using DualScope software.
3.5.12 Dynamic light scattering
Dynamic light scattering (DLS, Zetasizer 3000, Malvern Instruments) was
utilised to measure the particle size distribution and zeta-potential of
-78-
nanoparticles. The Ag-PCL samples were dissolved into dichloromethane, and
then tested. By measuring the intensity of light scattered from the samples, the
particle size distribution was obtained.
Fig.3.12. Malvern Zetasizer 3000 dynamic light scattering
3.5.13 Transmission electron microscopy
Transmission electron microscopy (TEM, JEOL JEM-2100) was used to
confirm component layer formed outside the surface of PCL fibres after
surface treatment. TEM samples were prepared by embedding the sample into
epoxy resin followed by drying in a vacuum oven at 40 °C. The samples were
then microtomed using a diamond knife on ultramictrotome machine. The thin
slices (90 nm in thickness) were placed on 400 mesh copper grids for TEM
observation. Images were obtained at an acceleration voltage of 200 kV.
3.5.14 UV-VIS spectroscopy
Absorption curves were measured on a UV-visible spectrophotometer (Varian
cary 3) at room temperature using a quartz cell (10mm patch) for samples.
Basically the Ag-PCL samples were dispersed in dichloromethane and scanned
in the wavelength ranging from 400 nm to 800 nm. The spectra were
subtracted by the background UV-vis spectra of PCL solvent mixture. For the
measurement of release of silver nanoparticles, samples were cut into a disc
shape with 1.5 cm of diameter, and then eight pieces of samples were
immersed into 50 ml of distilled water and stirred at 200 rpm for 1 day at 37
°C. During this period, 1 ml of solution was drawn at pre-set time.
-79-
3.5.15 Wide angle X-ray diffraction
X-ray diffraction (XRD) analyses were performed with a Philips Glancing
Angle and Powder Diffractometer 1140/90 using CuK α radiation (λ=1.54056
A) running at 40 kV and 40 mA. To determine the crystalline phases of the
specimens, a 2θ scanning range from 20 to 60 degree was used with a scanning
speed of 4 degrees per min.
3.5.15 X-ray photoelectron spectrometer
X-ray photoelectron spectra (XPS) were collected on a VG ESCALAB 220-
iXL spectrometer with a monochromated Al Kα source (1486.6 eV) using
samples of ca. 3 mm2 in size. The X-ray beam incidence angle is 0 ° with
respect to the surface normal, which corresponds to a sampling depth of ca. 3
mm2. The obtained XPS spectra were analysed by the CasaXPS software.
3.5.16 Inductively coupled plasma-atomic emission
spectrometer
After soaking the samples in SBF for certain days, 10 ml simulated body fluid
(SBF) post-soaking solution was collected for inductively coupled plasma-
atomic emission spectrometer (ICP-AES) testing.
3.5.17 Photo-spectroscopy
Photo-spectroscopy was used to detect the colour change of the matrix in a
very sensitive way. The spectrum could reflect the absorption peak of the
specific colour.
-80-
Fig.3.13. DH-2000-BAL photo-spectroscopy
-81-
C H A P T E R F O U R
Inter-bonded 3D fibrous scaffolds and their
cell culture performances
In this chapter, the preparation of inter-bonded 3D fibrous matrices was
introduced. The processing parameters influencing the formation of 3D
structures were discussed. Four matrices with different structures were
successfully prepared by controlling the ratio of fibre to sugar particles, and
their properties including pore structure, surface wettability, water
permeability, water binding ability and mechanical properties were examined.
Rat skin fibroblast and Chinese hamster ovary (CHO) cells were cultured on
the fibrous matrices. The cell growth performance was discussed in terms of
the cell morphology and cell proliferation. Two cell seeding methods, dynamic
and static seeding, were also compared.
4.1 Experimental Procedure
The fibrous matrices were prepared by the following procedure:
Step 1: melt extrusion of PCL filaments;
Step 2: cutting the long filaments into short fibres ( 1.5 mm);
Step 3: mixing the short fibres with particles of 300 μm 600 μm in size;
Step 4: putting the mixture in a mould and heating in an oven;
Step 5: leaching off the particles to form fibrous scaffolds.
The whole process is illustrated in Fig. 4.1.
-82-
Fig.4.1. Flow chart for preparation of fibrous matrices
The fibrous scaffolds were then used to grow cells. Details on the cell culture
experiments including cell subculture, cell seeding, cytotoxicity test, MTS
experiment, cell morphology observation have been given in Chapter 3.
4.2 Results and Discussion
Many parameters influence the preparation of fibrous scaffolds, such as
temperature, time, fibre length, fibre diameter, particle size, and the ratio
between the fibre and sugar. Here, the process temperature in the range from
60 ºC to 70 ºC, fibre diameter from 50 μm to 200 μm, fibre to sugar ratio from
1:5 to 1:30 (w/w) were investigated. Fibre length was fixed at 1.5 mm or so.
4.2.1 Length and diameter distribution of short fibres
The fibre diameter was controlled by fibre extrusion conditions. Fig. 4.2a
shows the fibre diameter and diameter distribution. The average fibre diameter
is about 50 μm. In this thesis, the fibres with diameter of 100, 120, 150, 200
μm have also been used.
After obtaining the PCL filaments, staple fibres were obtained by manually
cutting these filaments. As shown in Fig. 4.2b, the mean fibre length of the cut
fibres is 1.5 mm. Due to the limitation of cutting machine, the fibre length in
this thesis was fixed at 1.5 ± 0.3 mm.
-83-
Fig.4.2. Distribution of the as-prepared short fibre length and diameter, a) diameter distribution, b) length distribution
4.2.2 Size and distribution of sugar powders
The granular size of sucrose powders was regulated by sieving through a series
of meshes with different sizes. The particles of size between 300 μm to 600 μm
were collected. The size and distribution are shown in Fig.4.3.
-84-
Fig.4.3. Particle size distribution of sucrose powders
4.2.3 Formation of 3D fibrous structures
The main purpose of using this method to make fibrous matrices is to
overcome disadvantages in the normal nonwoven structures. The basic
fabrication process includes melt bonding synthetic fibres in the presence of
particulate template (Fig.4.4). The short fibre makes it easy to mix with the
powdery template, with very low fibre-fibre entanglement. Sugar template
regulates the pore size and ensures the fibre bonding just at the initial contact
points. When the melting temperature is near 60 ºC, the fibre contact points can
melt together, but the sugar still stays in the solid state. The pressure can help
to improve fibre-fibre contact points.
One significant advantage of this method is using sugar as the template
material, which is non-hazardous to cells [422]. It causes no cytotoxic effects
even with incomplete removal from the matrix during the leaching process.
Template makes it possible to form larger pores besides smaller pores formed
by fibre-fibre interaction.
-85-
Fig.4.4. Scheme of fibrous structure formation
4.2.4 Optimisation of processing parameters
4.2.4.1 Influence of temperature
Fig.4.5 shows the DSC curve of PCL materials. When the temperature is
higher than 50 ºC, PCL starts melting, and at 55.10 ºC it reaches the peak. The
shoulder of melting point of PCL is between 50 ºC to 62 ºC. The only
difference between PCL pellet, fibre and matrix is the width of shoulder, which
is in the order: pellet >fibre >matrix.
This suggests that in this temperature range, the polymer molecules move
quickly and can rearrange their structure easily. The melt bonding temperature
was thus chosen in the range between 50 ºC and 70 ºC.
Fig.4.5. DSC curve of PCL pellets, fibres and inter-bonded fibrous matrices
-86-
Fig.4.6 shows the effect of processing temperature on the tensile strength of
end matrices. All the matrices were fabricated under the same conditions (1.5
mm short fibres, 1/15 (wt/wt) fibre/sugar ratio, 50 μm fibre diameter). At 60
ºC, fibres in the matrix still remained loose. The matrix almost had no tensile
strength. With increasing processing temperature, the matrix strength
increased. At 65 ºC, the ultimate breaking strength reached the highest,
however the matrix also showed the highest stiffness, which might not be good
for the further cell culture work. At 62 ºC, the matrix had certain bonding
between the fibres providing certain strength, but it was not too stiff. This
temperature was chosen for further study.
Fig.4.6. Tensile stress-strain curve of scaffolds with different processing temperatures
With the increase in temperature, fibres tend to melt together on the contact
positions. But when the temperature is very high, the short fibres would melt
completely and become small powders, which no longer maintain the fibrous
structure (Fig.4.7).
As proved by microscope images, when the processing temperature was 70 ºC,
many PCL particles were formed inside the matrix. Mode c (Fig. 4.7) was
chosen as ideal fibre-bonding structure.
-87-
Fig.4.7. Fibre morphology changes with processing temperatures
4.2.1.2 Influence of fibre diameter
Fibre diameter played an important role in the formation of fibrous matrices.
When fibre/sugar and processing temperature were fixed at1/7(wt/wt) and 62
ºC, respectively, different fibre diameters resulted in different matrix tensile
strengths. As shown in Fig.4.8, with decreasing the fibre diameter, the stiffness
increased, and so did the ultimate stress.
Fig.4.8. Stress-strain curves of fibrous matrices made from PCL fibres with different fibre diameters
Under the fixed fibre length (1.5 mm), finer fibres have larger aspect ratio.
With higher aspect ratio, the fibres cannot easily mix well with powders due to
fibre-fibre entanglement.
4.2.1.3 Influence of fibre to sugar ratio
-88-
By changing the fibre/sugar ratio, fibrous matrices with different densities were
obtained. In the experiment, fibre to sugar ratios of 1/5, 1/7, 1/10, 1/15, 1/20,
1/30 (wt/wt) were chosen. The tensile stress-strain curves indicated that this
parameter had larger effect on the tensile strength than other parameters such
as fibre diameter and processing temperature. The fibre-to-sugar ratio 1/5,
which had the highest fibre content, resulted in the largest stiffness, and the
highest ultimate strength. On the contrary, the ratio 1/30 gave the lowest
ultimate strength (Fig.4.9).
Fig.4.9. Stress-strain curves of fibrous matrices with different fibre–to-sugar ratios
The fibre in the matrix started breaking during extension, followed by the
bonding points when the tensile strength at the bonding points was larger than
that of the fibre. Otherwise, the break would occur firstly at the bonding points.
During the tensile test, the two phenomena could happen in the same samples
(Fig.4.10).
-89-
Fig.4.10. Possible matrix breaking modes, matrix prepared by a) 1/5(wt/wt) fibre/sugar, b) 1/10 (wt/wt) fibre/sugar, c) 1/20 (wt/wt) fibre/sugar, d) 1/30 (wt/wt) fibre/sugar
By optimising the processing parameters, the optimum conditions to prepare
the fibrous matrices were obtained: Fibre length: 1.5 mm; fibre diameter: 50
μm; processing temperature: 62 ºC; heating time: 30 mins. Matrices with
different fibre-to-sugar ratios showed different densities and pore sizes.
4.2.5 Fibrous samples with different fibre/sugar ratios
Four matrices were prepared under the fibre/sugar ratio of 1:5, 1:10, 1:20 and
1:30 (wt/wt), which were respectively marked as PCL-5, PCL-10, PCL-20 and
PCL-30.
4.2.5.1 Densities of the matrices
The samples density was calculated based on the mass and the dimension of
dry samples. The density results were shown in Table 4.1.
-90-
Table 4.1. Densities of different matrix samples
Samples Density (g/cm3)
PCL-5 0.0208±0.0007
PCL-10 0.0126±0.0008
PCL-20 0.0074±0.0005
PCL-30 0.00600±0.0006
4.2.5.1 Morphology of fibrous matrices
4.2.5.1.1 Optical microscopy
The optical microscopy images of the four matrices with different densities are
shown in Fig.4.11. PCL films (thickness 0.85 ± 0.03 mm) were prepared by
hot pressing. PCL-5 was the densest one, and PCL-30 was the least dense one.
The pores in PCL-10, PCL-20, PCL-30 were easily observed.
Fig.4.11. Digital photo of the PCL matrices produced from different fibre/sugar ratios
4.2.5.1.2 Scanning electron microscopy
As evidenced in the scanning electron microscopy (SEM) images in Fig.4.12,
the fibres in the matrices appeared uniformly and randomly distributed
showing no preferential orientation. They were bonded with each other at the
contact points. Such an inter-fibre bonding stabilises the fibrous architecture
and the porous network.
-91-
Fig.4.12. SEM images of PCL matrices produced at different fibre/sugar ratios in the view of front and side, a) and a’) are front and side view of PCL-5, b) and b’) are PCL-10, c) and c’) are PCL-20, d) and d’) are PCL-30. Scale bar = 250 μm
-92-
Among the four different matrices, PCL-5 was the densest one. Both small and
large pores existed in the matrix structure. Similar surface morphology was
also found for the sample PCL-10. For PCL-20 and PCL-30, matrices were
more or less loose. Fibre end could be found even in the cross-section of PCL-
30, indicating weak bonding between fibres.
4.2.5.1.2 Micro-computed tomography
X-ray micro-computed tomography (μ-CT) is a non-invasive and non-
destructive technique to obtain precise quantitative and qualitative information
about 3D micro-architectures. Here this technique was employed to explore the
3D structure of the fibrous matrices. The μ-CT images indicated that the matrix
contained two types of pores: randomly oriented small pores arising from fibre
accumulation and larger pores due to the sugar template. All fibrous matrices
had an excellent porous structure (Fig.4.13). All pores in the fibrous matrices
were well interconnected, without any dead-end pores. Such an excellent pore-
interconnectivity may facilitate the transport of nutrients and the formation of
neo-tissues.
-93-
Fig.4.13. μ-CT images of the four fibrous matrices (isometric view of whole, isometric and front view of magnified central part), scale bar =250μm.
Unlike the conventional nonwovens in which the pores are oriented along the
X-Y plane (matrix surface), the pores in the prepared matrices showed no
preferential orientation, as proved by the randomly obtained 2D images of
micro-CT results in different directions (i.e. x-y, x-z, and y-z), which are
shown in Fig.4.14. This is possibly because of the use of short fibres in the
-94-
matrix preparation which enables the fibres to orient in different directions.
Short fibre with small aspect ratio reduced the fibre-fibre entanglement.
Fig.4.14. 2D cross-section images of a) PCL-5, b) PCL-10, c) PCL-20 and d) PCL-30 in the order of x-y, y-z, and x-z directions from left to right, scale bar=500μm.
4.2.5.2 Pore structures
By changing the fibre/sugar ratio for the matrix preparation, the pore structures
of fibrous matrices were changed in a controlled way. As shown in Fig.4.15,
with a change of the fibre/sugar ratios from 1:5 to 1:30 (wt/wt), the average
pore size increased from 150 μm to 1000 μm. This increase in pore size led to
an increase of porosity from 73% to 99%, but a decrease in surface-to-volume
-95-
ratio, from 4.1 cm-1 to 0.4 cm-1. These four matrices all had very good pore
interconnectivity, above 95%. These porous characteristics constitute the main
advantage of this template-aided fibre-bonding technique over the conventional
nonwoven and template leaching techniques. The conventional nonwovens
have a lower degree of bonding across the fabric thickness direction and very
limited space to adjust the pore size and porosity, while the conventional
template-leaching techniques typically result in low pore-interconnectivity.
Fig.4.15. Pore size, porosity, pore interconnectivity and surface-to-volume ratio of the four fibrous matrices.
4.2.5.3 Stability and mechanical properties
To prove the pore stability, the fibrous matrices were immersed in water and
stirred mechanically for 1 day. No obvious structural change was observed
after the treatment. However, for lab-made needle-punched nonwoven fabric
and non-bonded nonwovens having a similar porosity, lots of fibres were
detached from the matrices during the test, indicating the weak ability to
maintain the porous structure.
-96-
The mechanical property of as-prepared matrices was shown in Fig.4.16. The
fibre/sugar ratio had an influence on both tensile and compression strengths.
PCL-5 has the largest ultimate tensile strength (6.7 MPa) and the smallest
compression strength (0.13 MPa). PCL-30 with the highest porosity showed
the smallest tensile strength (0.75 MPa) and the highest compression strength
(0.64 MPa). Higher porosity could give larger space for compression, but
reduces the tensile strength.
Fig.4.16. Mechanical properties of four different fibrous scaffolds, a) in elongation mode, and b) in compression mode
In comparison, the tensile strength of needle-punched nonwoven fabric was
direction dependence (Fig.4.17). In the machine direction, the nonwoven web
had good strength, but the tensile strength along the width direction was very
-97-
weak, much lower than the fibrous matrices prepared in this work. The needle-
punched nonwoven had a high bulk density (0.27g/cm3), similar to PCL-5
(0.208 g/cm3), but the strength was much lower than PCL-5. The lab-made
nonwoven had similar density and porosity to PCL-30, but not inter-bonded,
had hardly any strength.
Fig.4.17. Comparison of tensile stress-strain curves between the fibrous matrices and normal nonwoven matrices, in which PCL-5(1) and PCL-5(2) are in elongation mode tested in two different directions. PCL-30(1) and PCL-30(2) are also tested in two different directions. Nonwoven 1 is needle-punched nonwoven. Its tensile strength was also tested in two directions (machine and width). Nonwoven 2 is lab-made non-bonded nonwoven fabric.
4.2.5.4 Water contact angle, hydraulic permeability and water binding ability
Water contact angle of the matrices was measured to detect the hydrophilicity
or hydrophobicity of the matrices. Increasing the density of fibrous matrices
reduced the water contact angle (Fig.4.18 a). This is probably due to the
wicking function existing in the low density matrices. Hydraulic permeability
of matrices is an important characteristic for tissue engineering, because an
excellent permeability can allow the exchange of nutrient and metabolic
wastes, and hence regulate cell migration deep into the fibrous scaffolds. For
the different fibrous matrices, the hydraulic permeability values were in the
range of 2×10-8~10×10-8 m4N-1s-1 (Fig.4.18b), which were between the
reported woven tissue scaffold (~1×10-15 m4N-1s-1) [121] and nonwoven tissue
scaffold (~5×10-6 m4N-1s-1) [421]. This suggests that the as-prepared matrices
-98-
should be good for nutrient and waste exchanges inside the matrices, and thus
good for cell in-growth. Water bonding ability is also crucial for tissue
engineering applications. With good water bonding ability, the matrices can
hold enough nutrients to support cell growth. Fig.4.18 c shows that these
fibrous scaffolds have high water binding capacity. They can hold as high as
1200 weight percentage of water comparing to their original weight.
-99-
Fig.4.18. Water contact angles, hydraulic permeability and water binding capability of matrix samples (PCL-5, PCL-10, PCL-20 and PCL-30)
-100-
4.2.6 Cytotoxicity test
The cytotoxicity was determined by growing fibroblasts in the extract of the
scaffolding materials. The cell viability obtained was higher than 90% for all
the samples, including PCL pellets (raw material), as-extruded PCL fibres,
PCL fibrous matrices and PCL 2D films, and there was no significant
difference among the samples tested (p>0.05) (Fig.4.19), indicating that all the
tested PCL samples were non-toxic to cells.
This suggests that in the processing of fibrous matrices, from fibre extrusion
and fibre cutting to 3D structure formation, no extra toxic components are
introduced. In other words, all the as-prepared matrices are suitable for further
biological study.
Fig.4.19. Cell viability of fibroblasts growing in the extract of the scaffolding materials (p>0.05)
4.2.7 Comparison of dynamic and static seeding methods
On the base of the equipment availability, the cell seeding methods, such as
shaking seeding using orbital shaker, rotating seeding using blood roller and
small vials and stirring seeding using spinner flask, have been trialed. In the
experiment, the influence of speed on the seeding efficiency was examined.
Cells used in all the related experiments were CHO cells.
-101-
4.2.7.1 Shaking seeding method using orbital shaker
The speed of orbital shaker was set at 0, 50, 75, 100, or 125 rpm. Seeding
density is 5×104 cells/matrix (because at low seeding density like 1×104,
seeding efficiency couldn’t be detected correctly, which may result in large
experimental errors for MTS assay since there was almost no colour developed
when the cell number was low. Another reason for the high seeding density is
that the high seeding density is often required in many circumstances, and it is
believed that static seeding methods are mainly limited to high seeding density.
The seeding volumes varied at 50, 100, 200, 500, and 1000μl.
The seeding efficiency was calculated using equation (4.1).
(E4.1)
It changed when different seeding volumes or different shaking speeds were
applied.
As shown in Fig.4.20, the influence of seeding volume on the seeding
efficiency is not apparent. The volume 200 μl gave the least fluctuating
condition. But the effect of shaking speed on the seeding efficiency was great
(Fig.4.21). At speed 50 rpm, the seeding efficiency was the highest, which
proved that lower speed led to better cell adhesion. This is similar to that was
concluded from the stirring seeding method.
Fig.4.20. Relationship between seeding volume and seeding efficiency
-102-
Fig.4.21. Influence of shaking speed of orbital shaker on seeding efficiency
4.2.7.2 Rotating seeding method using blood roller
Here, roller having different speeds was firstly trialled and seeding density of
5×104 cells/matrix was used. The volume in one 25 ml centrifuge tube is 2 ml,
which can just cover the whole matrices.
The cell number was measured by MTS, and seeding efficiency was then
calculated according equation (4.1).
The seeding efficiency varied with the speed, and the best seeding efficiency
was found at the speed of 37 rpm (Fig.4.22). Lowering the speed improved cell
attachment.
-103-
Fig.4.22. Influence of rotating speed of blood roller on seeding efficiency
4.2.7.3 Stirring seeding method using spinner flask
The speed of spinner flasks was set in the range between 50 rpm and 80 rpm
based on the previous results on shaker and blood roller which indicated lower
speed was better for cell attachment. Seeding density of 1×106 cells/ml was
used. Because this method requires a huge volume of media to ensure the
sufficient contact between media and samples, if seeding density was lower,
e.g. 5×104 cells/matrix, the actually cell density within the seeding media was
just 5×103 cells/ml. With such a low cell density, the number of cell attaching
on the surface might be very small. Therefore, a cell density of 1×106 was
used. The seeding volume was fixed at 110ml. With such a medium volume,
the matrix can be merged into the media easily.
Fig.4.23 indicates the seeding efficiency of the stirring seeding method. With
a high seeding density (1×106), the seeding efficiency was not higher than 5%.
This seeding method could give a good cell distribution. Because this method
consumes a huge volume of media (110 ml), it was not considered a good
seeding method to seed cells into 3D porous scaffolds.
Fig.4.23. Influence of stirring speed of spinner flask on seeding efficiency
-104-
4.2.7.4 Comparison between static and dynamic seeding methods
Among these dynamic seeding methods, the shake seeding using blood roller
gave the highest seeding efficiency. Therefore, rotate seeding was chosen to
further compare with static seeding method. PCL-10 samples were seeded with
CHO cells by the standard static seeding method and the rotate seeding method
at the optimised conditions. The cell morphology and cell number at various
time-courses were recorded.
The confocal images of CHO on matrices after the static seeding and the
dynamic seeding were shown in Fig.4.24. CHO cells looked healthy in the
fibrous matrix after either static or dynamic seeding. The cells distributed on
the fibre surfaces also looked uniform. Cells were growing on the fibre surface
along the fibre direction.
-105-
Fig.4.24. Confocal microscopic images of CHO cells seeded by static and dynamic methods. From top to bottom, images were taken with different magnifications. The bottom images were taken under white light.
SEM images in Fig.4.25 also reveal the healthy growth state of the cell seeded.
There is no much difference observed among the SEM images.
-106-
Fig.4.25. Morphology of dynamic seeded (a, c, e) and static seeded (b, d, f) CHO cells, a & b are 3 days, c & d are 7 days, e& f are 14 days.
The difference between static and dynamic seeding methods can be found after
14 days of cell growth. After two weeks of cell culture, the MTS assay was
conducted on the fibrous matrices and the results are shown in Fig.4.26.
Initially, the cells number showed no obvious difference. With longer time of
cell growth, cells seeded by the static method became confluent, and then died
in some parts, while for dynamic seeding, the cells still kept growing because
of more uniform distribution within the fibrous matrix. After 7 days of culture,
the cells number for the dynamically seeded samples was higher. This trend
was maintained until 14 days of cell culture, and on the 14th day, the cell
-107-
number in the dynamically seeded was larger than that by static seeding
method.
Fig.4.26. Comparison of cell number in fibrous matrices between dynamic seeding and static seeding methods
According to the above experiment, dynamic seeding is good for long-term
culture study due to uniform cell distribution, and static seeding is much easier
to conduct, although it has problems of cell arrangements in the scaffolds. Due
to the limitation in the equipment availability, the consumption of the culture
media and the possibility of scale-up study (rotary vials) for dynamic seeding
methods, however, classical static seeding method was mainly used in the
following part.
4.2.8 Cell seeding efficiency
Seeding efficiency reveals the ability of cells to attach on a scaffold material.
The seeding efficiencies of both cell lines on the fibrous matrices are listed in
Table 4.2. The PCL-5 had the largest seeding efficiency for both fibroblast and
CHO cells. The matrices having a smaller mean pore size showed larger cell
population. More cells were trapped by fibres, and less penetrated into the
wells. The seeding efficiency for fibroblasts was larger than that of the CHO
cells. This might be because fibroblasts were larger than CHO cells in size.
This assisted in the cell attachment on the fibres, but not on the wells. 2D PCL
-108-
film showed lower seeding efficiency than the commercial 2D culture plate.
Because 2D culture plate was surface-treated by plasma better for cell culture
study, while 2D PCL film used here received no surface treatment.
Table 4.2 Seeding efficiency of CHO and fibroblast cells on different fibrous
matrices
Seeding efficiency on the Petri dish is 93.6% for CHO and 93.9% for
fibroblast
4.2.9 Cell morphology
At different time intervals, the cell-matrix composites were taken out, and
treated for SEM observation and confocal microscopy observation.
4.2.9.1 SEM
The morphologies of CHO cells growing in the PCL fibrous matrices are
shown in Fig.4.27. The cells adhered and spread well on the surface of PCL
fibres. Rounded cells, indicative of non-viable or unhealthy cells were not
observed, further demonstrating the conducive environment for cell culture.
Live CHO cells mostly maintained a spindle-shape even though some cells
with elliptical and polygonal morphologies were observed. The cells spread
and proliferated randomly around the fibres. They wrapped around the fibre
Samples CHO (%) Fibroblast (%)
Matrix Well Media Matrix Well Media
PCL-5 18.3 32.0 49.7 47.8 37.7 14.5
PCL-10 13.5 71.1 15.4 43.7 44.8 11.6
PCL-20 9.6 46.5 43.8 26.5 63.0 10.5
PCL-30 3.7 47.9 48.4 14.7 75.1 10.3
PCL film 3.9 39.2 57.0 12.8 78.5 6.1
-109-
surface and grew along the fibre axis without directional preference. From the
very beginning, some of CHO cells were seeded inside the scaffolds due to the
fabulous pore structures, cells distributed not only on the surface of scaffolds,
but also inside it. After some time, cells on the surfaces could also grow along
the fibre length direction to fibres inside the matrices. This phenomenon
resulted in the random distribution of CHO throughout the whole matrices.
The cell morphology on the fibrous scaffolds varied over time. After 3 days of
seeding, CHO cells cultured on PCL-20 proliferated throughout the matrix,
indicating that the matrices are suitable for the growth of CHO cells (Fig.
4.27a and 4.27a’). On the 7th day of culture, the cells covered more surfaces
of the fibres and they thickened to anticipate rounding up for mitosis (Fig.
4.27b and 4.27b’), persumbly because of the ability of CHO cells to change in
response to contact with other cells in the population [423-424]. With an
increase in the culture time, the cell population increased dramatically (Fig.
4.27c&4.27c’, 4.27d-4.27d”). As a consequence of the adaptive processes,
cells shape changed. Viable cells were obviously in a highly asymmetric
(bipolar) form, toward spindle-like shaped and orientated along the fibre
direction due to a process called contact guidance [295, 303, 425]. Cell growth
on other fibrous matrices showed a similar tendency.
For comparison, CHO cells were also cultured on 2D culture plates in the same
conditions and their morphology on the 14th day of culture is shown in Fig.
4.27e. CHO cells appeared flattened, well spread, but not as elongated as those
cultured on 3D PCL matrices. Such differences in cell morphology and cell
spread should derive from the apparently different culture environment
between 2D film and 3D fibrous structure [426-427].
-110-
Fig.4.27. CHO cells in fibrous scaffolds (PCL-20) after a) 3 days, b) 7 days, c) 14 days, and d) 21 days of culture. e) CHO cells after 14 days of growing on PCL film under the same culture
-111-
condition. (Cells were fixed with OsO4, and images were taken from front or back of samples. All scale bar = 50 μm.
Fig.4.28 displays morphology of fibroblasts cultured on PCL-20. The arrows
point to the cells attached to multiple fibres close to the inter-fibre bonding
sites or where fibres came in close proximity (overlapping fibres). Dehydration
and gold coating before the SEM observation are the main causes of the cracks
visible in the SEM images, especially for fibroblasts layers. Within 7 days of
the culture, fibroblasts adhered well and showed a healthy morphology.
Especially, cells were observed growing along the fibre axis and bridging
between adjacent fibres (Fig.4.28b & 4.28b’). At day 14, the number of
bridging cells increased. At the 21st day, layered fibroblasts were observed.
These results suggest that fibroblasts attached, spread and grew very well on
the 3D fibrous scaffolds during the culture period and that they could form
layers spanning the entire scaffold surface with time. By comparison, no
layered cell morphology could be seen on the PCL film.
Fibroblasts grew on the fibre surfaces when there were enough spaces at the
early culture day. With the time increasing, fibroblasts could bridge between
fibres while the distance was short enough for their branch. This kind of branch
of fibroblast made it possible to form an entity where pores were small and
also allowed it to grow inside the matrices.
-112-
Fig.4.28. Fibroblast cells on fibrous scaffolds (PCL-20) after a) 3days, b) 7 days, c) 14 days, and d) 21 days of culture. e) Fibroblast cells after 14 days of growing on PCL film under the
-113-
same culture condition. (Cells were fixed with OsO4, and images were taken from front or back of samples. All scale bar = 50 μm.
4.2.9.3 Confocal microscopic images
Fig.4.29 shows the confocal microscopy images of the CHO cells growing in
the fibrous matrices. They either grew randomly on the fibre surface
(Fig.4.29a), or they grew orderly along the fibres (Fig.4.29b), all of them
maintained elliptical, polygonal or spindle-like shape showing their healthy
state. In Fig.4.29d, an image with lower magnification proved the cell
distributed uniformly on the fibres in the matrices.
Fig.4.29. Confocal microscopic images of CHO cells on PCL fibrous matrix (PCL-10). The cells were fluorescently stained in red for the actin filaments and in blue for the nuclei. a) showed cells distribute randomly, b) showed cells ranged orderly along the fibre, c) is the magnified images indicated clearly cell shape, d) is image with long magnification verified cell distribution in the matrices.
-114-
Fibroblast grew nicely on the PCL matrices were also be proved by confocal
microscopic images in Fig.4.30. Fibroblasts wrapped the fibre surface and
grew along the length direction, which resulted in cell migration happening
(Fig.4.30a). Fibroblasts also bridged when the distances between fibres were
compatible to their sizes (Fig.4.30a’), similar conclusions could also be drawn
from SEM images.
-115-
Fig.4.30. Confocal microscopic images of fibroblasts on PCL fibrous matrix (PCL-10). The cells were fluorescently stained in red for the actin filaments and in blue for the nuclei. a)-a”) are images with high magnification. b)-b”) are images with low magnification, in which a) showing cell growing along the fibre, a’) indicating cells can bridge between fibres, a”) demonstrated one whole fibroblasts cell with clear shape; b) is image presenting nuclei only, b’) is image expressing actin filaments only, b”) is images stacked by b) and b’) scale bar=50μm
4.2.10 Cells penetration inside the matrices
4.2.10.1 Confocal microscopic slices
Laser confocal microscopy makes it possible to focus on different z position of
samples, to scrutinise cell migration inside the samples. As shown in Fig.4.31
for CHO cells, and Fig.4.32 for fibroblasts, throughout the thickness of 320
μm, there were red colours and green colours at different layers indicating the
presence of cells on different level. Since low magnification was used to give a
general view of the cell distribution, cell cytoskeleton and nuclei are not well
distinguishable in these images.
-116-
Fig.4.31. Confocal microscopic cross-section slices of CHO cells on PCL-10 at various z positions (the image were taken every 40 μm throughout the whole scaffold thickness nearly 300 μm) (PCL-10 after 21 day culture of CHO cells) Scale bar = 250 μm
Fig.4.32. Confocal microscopic cross-section slices of CHO cells on PCL-20 at various z positions (the image were taken every 40 μm throughout the whole scaffold thickness nearly 300 μm) (PCL-10 after 21 day culture of CHO cells) Scale bar = 250 μm
4.2.10.2 micro-CT
Confocal microscopy has a limitation to collect clear images over 300 μm in
depth. To confirm cell growth throughout the whole thickness of the matrix
samples, micro-CT was used. As evident in the reconstructed micro-CT image
in Fig.4.33a, many OsO4-stained cells (red spots) were observed on the
surface of fibres (green) inside the 3D scaffolds. In contrast, a micro-CT image
of the PCL fibrous matrix without containing any cells was also included (Fig.
4.33b), but no red spots can be seen in the matrix.
-117-
Fig.4.33. micro-CT images of 3D scaffolds with and without cells inside
4.2.11 Cell proliferation
Fig.4.34. MTS assay of CHO and fibroblasts on fibrous matrices
-118-
Fig.4.34a summarizes the mean number of CHO cells growing on the fibrous
matrices over 21 days of culture. Because of the low seeding efficiency, the
culture number initially on 2D control should be higher than that on the 3D
matrices. This is true for the fibroblasts. The fibroblast cells on the 2D control
after 3 days of culture showed a higher number than those in the 3D matrices
(Fig.4.34b). However, for the CHO cells, it showed a reverse trend. The low
CHO number on the 2D control in the early days came from the uneven
distribution of the CHO cells in the culture plate. Despite the high seeding
efficiency for tissue culture plate (TCP), most of the CHO cells preferred to
stay on the edge area of the TCP well (see Fig.4.35). This led to the occurrence
of cell confluence in this area just within three days of culture.
The higher cell numbers in the 3D matrices than on the 2D control was
maintained for the whole culture period. The CHO cells in the matrices grew at
a similar rate during the culture period. However, the cell number on the 2D
PCL film and the culture plate was stabilized after 2 weeks of culture,
indicating that the cell growth rate slowed down from day 14 of culture.
Because of the contact-inhibitive nature, the CHO cell growth is surface area
dependent. Larger surface area in scaffold should result in more cells to grow.
This could be the main reason as to why the 2D controls accommodated fewer
cells than the 3D fibrous matrices.
-119-
Fig.4.35. CHO cells cultured on 2D plates for three days
The sample PCL-5 had the highest surface area (265.7 cm2), the lowest
porosity (73.19%) and the smallest pores (119.6 μm) among the fibrous
matrices. It also showed higher seeding efficiency and larger cell number in 3
days of cell culture than the other matrices. The results that longer culture time
resulted in decreased cell growth rate could be attributed to two reasons: the
growing cell population reduced the pore size, which adversely led to inhabited
mass transfers of nutrients and waste, and the cells were confluent in some
areas of the matrix. Scale bar=50μm
By comparison with PCL-5, PCL-10 provided larger pores (size above 200
μm) for the cell growth. This also facilitated the nutrient and waste exchange,
allowing cell growth at a steady rate. In the first week, the cell number in PCL-
5 was higher than that of in PCL-10. However, the cell number in both
matrices on the day 14 became very similar. Longer culture resulted in higher
cell number in PCL-10 than PCL-5. This suggested that smaller pores could
-120-
provide more opportunities for the fibroblasts to attach to scaffold, but larger
pore could provide larger space for the cells to grow over time. PCL-20 and
PCL-30 contained larger pores, respectively about 800 μm and 1000 μm. The
mean cell number on PCL-30 was much less than that on PCL-20 after 21 days
of culture, which could come from the reduced overall surface area of the
fibrous matrix. These results indicated that pore size played an important role
in the cell growth.
The MTS assays performed on the fibrous matrices revealed fibroblasts
proliferation on the 3D PCL matrices (Fig.4.34 b). Within the 21 days of the
culture period, the number of fibroblasts continuously increased in the fibrous
matrices. Comparing with the 2D tissue culture plates, the 3D matrices had less
cell numbers at day 3 and day 7, due to the low seeding efficiency. However,
the cell population on the matrices increased continuously with time and
became comparable to 2D tissue culture plates in two weeks, and then
dramatically larger by day 21. The 2D PCL film showed the lowest cell
number among the sample groups after 21 days of culture. This can be
explained in that the 3D fibrous matrices have a larger surface area than 2D
films or well, allowing the cells to spread on the fibre surface. The 3D porous
structure also facilitates the cell uptake and exchange of nutrients and disposal
of waste.
Again, the porosity, pore size and surface area of the fibrous matrices affected
the fibroblasts growth. The matrix PCL-5 yielded the highest cell number. This
trend was maintained for the whole three-week culture period. This is different
from what was observed for the CHO cells, in which the cell growth rate
levelled off from day 14. Fibroblasts are large flat cells with the size about
30~100 μm and the cell thickness about 3~4 μm. In this case, cells growing on
fibre surface had relatively smaller influence on pore volume hence the media
and waste exchange compared to the CHO cells. As a result, sensibly larger
cell population can be achieved on the matrix with a larger surface area, and
PCL-5 disk has the largest cell population after three weeks of culture. It is
reasonable to predict that longer culture period would lead to more fibroblasts
-121-
growing in the fibrous matrices, and the inhibited mass transfer will still
happen once the cells take up certain pore volume.
4.3 Conclusion
Stable fibrous matrices with different pore porosities, and pore sizes were
successfully produced by the combined hot-press and particle-leaching method.
The influences of bonding temperature, fibre diameter, fibre/sugar ratio on the
formation of fibrous structures were examined. Through controlling the
fibre/sugar ratio, four matrices with different structures were obtained.
The SEM and micro-CT observations revealed that these fibrous matrices had
excellent porous structures with small pores formed by fibre assembly, and
large pores due to template particles. These structures were highly porous (over
80% porosity). The pores inside the matrices were well interconnected and no
dead pores were found even in the dense areas. Moreover, the pore structure
had no preferred orientation.
These fibrous matrices also had good mechanical properties compared to
nonwoven fabrics. They were stable due to the inter-bonded fibrous
characteristic. They also had excellent permeability to culture media showing
their potential for use in tissue engineering.
Both static seeding and dynamic seeding methods were used to seed CHO cells
on the matrices. It was found that cells could grow on the fibrous porous
matrices by either static seeding or dynamic seeding method. Although
dynamic seeding method provided high seeding efficiency and high level of
uniformity on cell distribution, it is limited to large scales of seeding. Static
seeding has been used instead in this study.
The as-prepared fibrous matrices were biocompatible and conducive to cell
growth, which was proved by culturing CHO and fibroblast cells on them. By
using micro-CT and confocal microscopy, the cell migration and growth inside
-122-
the fibrous matrices were clearly proved. It was also found that the pore
characteristics and surface area played an important role in mediating the
growth of CHO cells and fibroblasts inside the matrices differently. The
integration of large surface area and smaller pores was suitable for the growth
of fibroblasts. Smaller pores could provide more opportunities for the
fibroblasts to attach to scaffold, but larger pore could provide larger space for
the cells to grow on a long term basis. The scaffold-making approach
developed allows the choice of different fibres and the control of pore size and
porosity, and fibrous scaffolds with different pore characteristics can be
produced to suit different cell lines for many different biomedical applications.
Since the developed fibrous matrices show better mechanical performance and
more stable pore structure than the conventional nonwoven scaffolds, they
should have better performance in tissue engineering applications.
-123-
C H A P T E R F I V E
Nano-structured surface in 3D fibrous
scaffolds and its cell culture performances
In this chapter, the influences of nano-structured fibre surface in the 3D fibrous
matrices on the cell culture performances are presented. An electrostatic self-
assembly method was used to load silica nanoparticles on PCL fibrous
matrices. Osteoblasts were seeded onto the scaffolds to examine cell
proliferation and cell differentiation performance.
5.1 Experimental Procedure
In this chapter, only matrix PCL-10 (porosity >90%, mean pore size 200 μm)
was used. Silica nanoparticles were synthesised from TEOS according to the
Stober method. The detailed method was introduced in Chapter 3 already. Then
these obtained silica nanoparticles were coated on the PCL fibrous scaffold
surfaces by electrostatic layer-by-layer self-assembling method. After the
NaOH surface treatment, PCL surface could form abundant carboxylic groups,
with a negative charge. Since silica nanoparticles had a positive charge,
electrostatic assembly was possible. PAA/SiO2 was used in the following
double electric layers to control the content of nano-SiO2. The silica
nanoparticle coatings were controlled in 0 layer, 1 bilayer, 3 bilayers and 5
bilayers.
5.2 Results and Discussion
5.2.1 Silica particles and size distribution
Fig. 5.1 shows a typical SEM image of silica nanoparticles synthesised and the
histogram of the particle size distribution. The synthesised silica nanoparticles
ranged from 50~70 nm in size. Due to the dynamic light scattering (DLS)
-124-
measurement used water as solvent, and the reflection of particles in water
resulted in relatively larger size. Sizes obtained based on SEM images also
were a little larger than the real size due to the gold coating.
Fig.5.1. a) SEM images of synthesised silica nanoparticles, b) histogram of particle size distribution measured from SEM image, and c) histogram of particle size distribution obtained by DLS.
-125-
5.2.2 Nanoparticle assembly and surface morphology The fibre morphologies before and after self-assembly with silica nanoparticles
are presented in Fig.5.2. Before self-assembly, there were no particular
structures found on the fibre surface (control sample, PCL fibrous matrix,
Fig.5.2a). When assembling with one layer of silica nanoparticles, particles
can be observed clearly around the fibre surface (Fig.5.2b). After coating with
three and five layers of nano-silica, the nanoparticles covered the entire fibre
surface homogeneously, and some parts even formed an aggregated structure
(Fig.5.2c and 5.2d).
-126-
Fig.5.2 SEM images of control (a and a’), 1 bilayer (b and b’), 3 bilayers (c and c’) and 5 bilayers (d and d’) self-assembled fibre samples. The scale bars for images a-d are 10 μm, and for images a’-d’ are 200 nm.
5.2.3 Surface chemical components To confirm the surface components, ATR FTIR spectra were recorded and
shown in Fig.5.3. Most of the main band characteristics of PCL were observed
in the spectra, suggesting a very thin layer of silica nanoparticles was deposited
on the PCL substrate. For the fibre coated with 1 layer silica, the difference
was not so distinct. After silica nanoparticle surface modification, the band
peaks at 800 cm-1, 1101 cm-1, 3360 cm-1 arose from Si-O-Si symmetric
stretching vibration, Si-O-Si asymmetric stretching vibrations, and Si-OH
stretching [428-429]. With increasing silica nanoparticle layers, the peak
intensity increased indicating more silica nanoparticles coated on the PCL
surface.
Fig.5.3. ATR-FTIR spectra of control and surface modified samples
Surface chemical components of the treated fibrous matrix were detected by X-
ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) technology. As shown in Fig.5.4, the
survey spectra reveal that silica nanoparticles are successfully assembled on
the surface. For comparison, XPS spectrum of the pristine control samples is
also included, but only has O and C peaks (Fig.5.4a). When the fibre surface
was treated by NaOH solution, a new peak with the binding energy of 490 eV
-127-
appeared, corresponding to Na 2s (Fig.5.4b). When a thin layer of PAA/SiO2
was assembled on the fibre surface, new peaks with binding energies of 153
and 102 eV, attributed to Si 2s and Si 2p respectively, appeared which
confirmed the formation of SiO2 on the surface (Fig.5.4c).
Fig.5.4. XPS spectra of PCL fibrous samples a) non-treated, b) treated with NaOH solution, c) treated with both NaOH and thin layer of nano-SiO2
The high resolution XPS C1s spectra of the fibrous matrices are shown in Fig.
5.5. Curve fitting the spectrum revealed that the pristine control samples had
four components (Fig.5.5a), -CH2-(284.56 eV), -CH2-C=O (285.05 6eV), -
CH2-O (285.936 eV), and -C=O (288.598 eV). After NaOH treatment, the
group –O-C=O was changed to –COOH and -CH2-OH, as indicated by the
binding energy shift in the range of 287~289 eV. When PAA/SiO2 layers were
assembled to the surface, a huge increase in –C-OH (285.993eV) was detected.
-128-
-129-
Fig.5.5. High resolution XPS C1s spectra of a) Pristine control sample, b) NaOH treated sample, c) nano-SiO2 modified sample
5.2.4 Atomic force microscope After surface modification, the surface roughness of PCL fibres was measured
by AFM. Only one layer of silica presented a roughness value (RMS) at 24 nm,
and with increasing bilayer number, surface roughness increased to 33 nm and
37 nm. This rough surface compared to the smooth surface of pristine samples
(3 nm) would improve osteoblast cell attachment, and might assist in further
cell growth performance.
Fig.5.6. AFM images of control and surface modified samples. a) pristine sample, b) 1 bilayer modified sample,c) 3 bilayers modified sample, d) 5 bilayers modified sample.
5.2.5 Surface wettability As known from literature, cell adhesion, spreading and growth require the
scaffold surface having suitable hydrophilicity [430]. Since silica nanoparticles
are hydrophilic, applying silica nanoparticles on PCL fibre surface could
improve the surface wettability. With an increase in the silica nanoparticle
layer, from 0, to 1, 3 and 5, the water contact angle decreased from 78, to 52,
37, and 28 degree, responsively (Fig.5.7a~5.7d), suggesting the enhanced
-130-
water wettability. Fig.5.7e shows the contact angle could be stable in a very
short time, no more than 0.3 s.
Fig.5.7. Surface water contact angle before and after surface coating, a) control sample, b) 1 bilayer, c) 3 bilayers, and d) 5 bilayers coating samples; e) water contact angle changing with contact time.
5.2.6 Cytotoxicity Cytotoxicity study was conducted on all the as-prepared samples. Results were
given in Fig.5.8. All the samples provided over 90% cell viability, no matter
how many layers were applied. This indicates that silica surface treatment is
not toxic to cells, and thus suitable for further cell culture study.
Fig.5.8. Cell viability of fibroblasts growing in the extract of the scaffolding materials, bar chart indicates the mean cell number, and the line chart displayed cell viability. Values shown are the means of three measurements on individual specimens. Error bars show ± standard deviation (p>0.05).
Fibroblast cells attached and spread very nicely on the tissue culture plates
(TCP) for all tested samples (Fig.5.9). These images suggested that even in the
presence of extract of silica nanoparticles solution, fibroblasts can still sustain
-131-
a thinly spread healthy state, illuminating the nontoxic feature of PCL matrices
and surface silica nanoparticles coated PCL matrices.
Fig.5.9. Cell morphology of fibroblasts growing in the extract of scaffolds after culture for three days, a) control, b) 1 bilayer, c) 3 bilayers, and d) 5 bilayers; The scale bar for images a-d are 500 μm, and for images a’-d’ are 100 μm.
-132-
5.2.7 Osteoblast cell culture
MTS assay was applied to measure the mean cell number at different culture
time (1 day, 3 days, 7 days), referring to the cell proliferation on different
samples (Fig.5.10). At the very early stage, i.e. day 1, the mean cell number
was in the order of 5 bilayers> 3 bilayers> 1 bilayers> 3DC, which was an
evidence that surface roughness affected cell attachment. The higher the
surface roughness, the higher was the number of adhered cells. After three
days of culture, cell number on the three treated samples was dramatically
higher than that on the control pristine sample. But the difference is not
statistically significant (at the 5% level) among the three treated samples. A
further 4 days culture offered a clear trend of variability among different
samples. Samples with one layer of silica enhanced cell division greatly. Cell
number was nearly two times more than other samples. Surface nano-textured
structure was believed to enhance cell attachment and adhesion, but probably
would prohibit the cell proliferation [431]. That could be the reason why
samples with three and five bilayers had relative fewer cells on day 3 and day
7. If only the cell attachment is considered, samples with five layers of silica
nanoparticles are better. For cell proliferation, samples with one bilayer silica
coating were better than others.
-133-
Fig.5.10. Mean cell number changes of hFOB 1.19 on different scaffolds as a function of time. Values shown are means ± standard deviation. * p<0.05 versus 3DC at day 3, † p<0.05 versus 3DC at day 7.
5.2.8 Cell morphology
Cell morphology was recorded by laser scanning confocal microscopy (LSCM)
after a certain culture period. Cells were fluorescently stained with nuclei
shown in blue colour and actin filaments in red colour in these images. The
osteoblast cells maintained a polygon shape on control samples, but on silica
treated samples, at day 1, osteoblasts tended to become round, and their size
was a little smaller than that on the control samples. At day 3 and day 7, more
spread osteoblast appeared, as shown in Fig.5.11. The changes in surface
topography and roughness may hold vital clues to cell activity, especially cell
attachment [308]. Nano-structured surface can enhance the cell elongation and
spread because the cells can recognise the nano-scale topography [138, 302,
432]. In addition, there were fewer cells on the control pristine samples than on
silica nanoparticle coated samples.
-134-
Fig.5.11. Confocal images of hFOB 1.19 on scaffolds for culture 1, 3, and 7 days (from left to right), a) control, b) 1 bilayer, c) 3 bilayers, d) 5 bilayers (from top to bottom). The cells were fluorescently stained in red for the actin filaments and in blue for the nuclei. Scale bar = 100 μm.
SEM images of cells on different substrates confirmed the results obtained
from confocal microscopy. PCL pristine surface has no reactive groups on the
surface for osteoblast attachment (Fig.5.12a and 5.12e). At day 3, the cells still
kept a round shape as just seeded. At day 7, cells attached to the surface, but no
actin filament was observed. In contrast, the surface assembled with silica
nanoparticles gave cells nano-scaled rough surface to attach and spread
(Fig.5.12b, 5.12c, 5.12d). The actin filaments are exhibited in Fig.5.12c’ and
5.12d’, which is another evidence showing the biocompatibility of silica
nanoparticles coating. With 7 days of culturing, the osteoblast cells tended to
be elongated comparing to 3 days of culturing (Fig.5.12 f-h).
-135-
-136-
Fig.5.12. Cell morphology of hFOB 1.19 on scaffolds after 3 days and 7 days of culture, a) control-3days, b) 1 bilayer-3days, c) 3 bilayers-3days, d) 5 bilayers-3days, e) control-7days, f) 1 bilayer-7days, g) 3 bilayers-7days, h) 5 bilayers-7days. Scale bar = 2 μm.
-137-
5.2.9 Alkaline Phosphatase activity
The synthesis of alkaline phosphatise during cell cultures was also assayed,
which was an early indication to bone formation. ALP activity also reflects the
overall osteoindustivity and cell differentiation. To measure the
osteoindustivity of the silica nanoparticles coated PCL fibrous scaffolds, ALP
activity of the osteoblasts that were cultured on those samples was quantified.
Samples with 1 layer of silica nanoparticles were tested, and the 2D tissue
culture plate (TCP) and the 3D fibrous matrix without the surface modification
were used as controls.
After three days of culture, the osteoblasts growing on the silica treated
samples showed significant increase in the ALP activity, as evidenced in
Fig.5.13. By comparison, the ALP activity of osteoblasts on 3D and 2D
controls was lower. Longer time of culture leads to lower ALP activity. At day
7, both silica treated samples and 2D/3D control samples had a low ALP
activity, while silica treated samples were still much more than that on control
samples. Another peak appeared near 10 day and 14 days. This tendency for
ALP activity was also described by other researchers [433]. ALP could reach
the first peak just after seeding, but with time, its quantity reduced until another
peak appeared. The nearly 3-fold increase in ALP activity observed in the
osteoblasts growing on the silica-treated samples after 14 days of culture was
an indication that this special surface-treated scaffold had osteoinductivity in
vitro.
-138-
Fig.5.13. Alkaline phosphate content of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control samples as a function of time (3 days, 7 days, 10 days, 14 days), *p <0.05 versus 3D control samples and 2D TCP at corresponding day, † p<0.05 versus results on day 7.
The higher ALP activity for the silica nanoparticle treated fibrous matrices
could be explained by three factors. First, 3D environment could provide better
nutrient and waste exchange for osteoblasts, which might help with increasing
the ALP activity. Although the ALP activity here is similar to 2D control, the
cell number on 3D control was dramatically different to that on 2D control.
The seeding efficiency was 17.32% of cells attached on the 3D control, but
93.52% for 2D tissue culture plates. Second, the hydrophilic and nano-scale
surface characteristics enhance the cell attachment, thus the cells initially
attached to the silica treated samples were much higher in number than that on
3D control samples. It was tested that the cell number attached on the treated
scaffold was 26.4% of the original seeded cells, while only 17.32% of original
cells attached on the 3D control. The large cell numbers might have higher
ALP activity in the same environment. Third, the silica nanoparticles
assembled can enhance the osteoinductivity[434]. Si is one of the components
composing bone, Si-O-Si, and Si-OH groups existing in SiO2 nanoparticles
could help the formation of bioactive CaP on the substrate surface. In addition,
PCL fibrous matrices with self-assembled silica nanoparticle surface coating
could form uniform hydroxyapatite layers after immersing in simulated body
-139-
fluid (SBF) for 7 days, and the hydroxyapatite layer became thick and
continuous after exposing to SBF for 21 days (Fig.5.14).
Fig.5.14. Formation of apatite on the silica nanoparticle coated PCL fibrous matrices surface after immersing into 1×SBF for 7 days. a) & a’) pristine control sample, b) & b’) silica treated samples just after self assembly, c) & c’) silica treated samples after immersing in 1×SBF for 3 days, d) & d’) silica treated samples after immersing in 1×SBF for 21days.
-140-
ALP activity was also demonstrated visually by staining the ALP by Naphthol
AS-MX phosphate and diazonium salt. All the ALP generated was stained to
pink to red colour. The cells can further be nucleus stained by Mayer’s
hematoxylin, showing blue colour in the images.
Although some osteoblasts with dark nucleus stained existed, stained ALP was
really hard to be found in 3D control samples, even at day 3 (Fig. 5.15), at
which point it was proved previously to have the largest ALP content for 3D
control samples. As comparison, the stained ALP could be observed for
nanoparticle treated samples at every time point: day 3 (Fig.5.15), day 7
(Fig.5.16), day 10 (Fig.5.17), day 14 (Fig.5.18). The pink colour with a darker
centre distributed evenly throughout the whole samples. Quantitative
differences among different time intervals at least indicated much more ALP
activity in silica-treated samples than in 3D control samples.
-141-
Fig.5.15. Stained ALP of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control samples at day 3, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica treated sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus stain together.
-142-
Fig.5.16. Stained ALP images of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control samples at day 7, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica treated sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus stain together.
-143-
Fig.5.17. Stained ALP images of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control samples at day 10, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica treated sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus stain together.
-144-
Fig.5.18. Stained ALP images of hFOB 1.19 on 1 bilayer coating and control samples at day 14, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stain only, b) & b’) silica treated sample with ALP stain only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stain together, d) & d’) silica treated samples with ALP and nucleus stain together.
-145-
5.3 Conclusions
Silica nanoparticles were assembled on PCL fibrous porous scaffolds. The
surface morphology and wettability could be controlled by the coating layers.
Cytotoxicity study using fibroblasts demonstrated that all the samples
including the pristine control and the silica-treated samples were nontoxic to
cells and suitable for tissue engineering application.
MTS results and SEM images suggested that the nano-structured surface can
effectively enhance the cell attachments, and cell proliferation was much more
active for the silica-treated 3D PCL fibrous scaffold compared to the non-
treated 3D control samples. ALP activity in these silica-treated 3D PCL fibrous
scaffolds was also higher than that on control samples, revealing better
osteoconductivity and osteoindustivity.
These results suggested that nano-structured silica coating on PCL surfaces
exhibited much improved cell attachments, cell division and proliferation and
cell differentiation. These fibrous scaffolds with thin nano-structured surface
had potential applications in bone tissue engineering.
-146-
C H A P T E R S I X
Deposition of apatite on inter-bonded 3D
fibrous scaffolds and its effect on cell
performances
Bone-like apatite was deposited on the fibre surface of 3D inter-bonded fibrous
matrices via immersing in the simulated body fluid (SBF). Oxygen or nitrogen
plasma was used to treat PCL surface before the deposition, which was found
to speed up the CaP nucleation and the formation of bioactive apatite. Two
osteoblast cell lines: human fetal osteoblast cells (hFOB1.19) and osteoblast-
like cells (Saos-2) were used to examine the influence of apatite coating on
osteoblastic cell responses. The cell morphology, cell proliferation and ALP
enzyme activity for cell differentiation were found to be affected by the apatite
coating dramatically.
6.1 Experimental Procedure
In this chapter, only PCL-10 (porosity >90%, mean pore size 200 μm) was
used as matrix sample.
The PCL-10 samples were firstly pre-treated by vacuum plasma to activate the
fibre surface, followed by immediately immersing them into 1×SBF or
10×SBF at physiological pH condition (7.4) and 37 ° C for apatite deposition.
After that, the fibrous sample were thoroughly washed with MilliQ water and
dried overnight at room temperature. hFOB 1.19 and Saos-2 cells were then
seeded and cultured on the matrix.
-147-
6.2 Results and Discussion
6.2.1 Plasma treatment
X-ray photoelectron spectroscopy (XPS) measurement was used to identify the
surface component changes before and after plasma treatment. The survey
spectra are shown in Fig.6.1. Before plasma treatment, PCL matrix only had C,
O and Si peaks. When the sample was treated with N2 plasma, a weak N peak
appeared.
Fig.6.1. XPS survey spectra of a) pristine PCL matrix and b) after N2 plasma treatment
The atomic contents of the fibrous matrices are listed in Table 6.1. For the
pristine PCL, it contained 73.99% carbon (Table 6.1). The carbon content
decreased after the plasma treatment, and the C/O ratio decreased for plasma
treatment. N2 plasma introduced N onto the surface, and the surface N content
increased a lot after N2 plasma treatment.
-148-
Table 6.1. Elemental contents of the fibrous matrices before and after plasma treatment
Elements Untreated After treatment
C 73.99 70.98
O 23.54 24.72
N 0.602 1.568
Si 1.861 2.728
C/O 3.143 2.871
Fig.6.2 shows high resolution C1s and N1s spectra, in which all the studied
fibrous samples exhibit three main components corresponding to the aliphatic
carbon bonds (–C–C– or –C–H), carbon single bonded to oxygen (–C–OH or –
C–O–), and carbonyl functional groups (–C–O-) located at approximately
285eV, 286eV, and 289eV, respectively. The samples showed similar peaks,
suggesting that the plasma treatments had a very small influence on the surface
chemical components.
The N1s peaks at 399.90eV and 402.26eV indicated the formation of –
CH3CONH2 groups after the N2 plasma treatment.
Thus, the XPS analyses confirmed that the plasma treatments lead to slightly
different surface chemistry, which may affect the wettability and deposition of
CaP.
-149-
Fig.6.2. Curve-fitted XPS spectra of C1s and N1s, a) pristine control sample, b & c) N2 plasma treated samples
-150-
6.2.2 Surface morphology
As shown in Fig.6.3, without plasma treatment, the fibre surface shows no
apatite-like particles after soaking in SBF for three days. For the plasma treated
samples however, particle like structure formed on the fibre surface after
immersing in the SBF solution at the same condition. This suggested that the
plasma activated PCL surface showed improvement in the apatite nuclei
forming and deposition ability.
Fig.6.3. Surface morphology of PCL fibres after soaking in SBF solution for 3 days, a & a’) pristine control matrix, b & b’) N2 plasma treated sample.
Fig.6.4 shows the surface morphology of the PCL fibrous matrices after 21
days soaking in SBF. For the untreated pristine PCL samples, the surface
looked similar to that of the samples soaked for 3 days, and there were no
apatite-like particles found on the surface. For the nitrogen plasma treated PCL
fibre matrix, thicker particles were observed, and the particles were hard to be
recognised due to the intensive agglomeration.
-151-
Fig.6.4. Surface morphology of PCL fibres after soaking in SBF solution for 21 days, a & a’) pristine control sample, b & b’) N2 plasma treated sample.
From the above experiments and results, N2 plasma could give a good apatite
deposition. Therefore, in the following study on using 10×SBF solution to
deposit apatite, N2 plasma was still used to pre-treat the PCL fibre matrices.
10×SBF has higher ion concentration that can speed up the formation of apatite
on the substrate surface. As shown in Fig.6.5, within 4 hours of immersing the
fibre matrix in the solution, apatite particles could be observed on the surface,
the level of which was similar to that of samples soaked in 1×SBF for three
days. When the plasma treated fibrous matrix was immersed in the solution for
one day, a thick apatite layer was generated on the fibre surface, which was
even better than soaking in 1×SBF for 21 days. The high concentration SBF
was effective in formation of apatite layers.
-152-
Fig.6.5. SEM images of the PCL matrices after N2 plasma treatment and soaking in 10× SBF for 4 and 24 hours. a & a’) soaking for 4hrs, b & b’) soaking for 24hrs.
6.2.3 Apatite formation
The SEM EDX curves of the PCL fibre matrix after socking in the SBF
solutions are shown in Fig.6.6. The peaks Ca and P clearly appeared in the
curves, which was a proof of the CaP formation. For the 1×SBF treated
matrix, the peaks for both Ca and P were very sharp and clear, similar to the
results from literature on chitosan substrates [435]. While for 10×SBF, peaks
showed a little difference. This was because 10×SBF usually can not exactly
form bone-like apatite, which has been proposed as an issue in the literatures
[436]. This result also suggested that that apatite formed from 1×SBF was
dramatically different from that formed 10×SBF.
-153-
Fig.6.6. SEM-EDX scanning results of the apatite treated PCL fibre samples, a) soaking in 1×SBF solution, b) soaking in 10×SBF solution.
The CaP on PCL fibre surface was also characterised through calculating the
ion concentration changes in the SBF solution. Fig.6.7 provides the calcium
and phosphate ions concentrations after immersing the fibrous samples. Both
concentrations decreased greatly with time for the treatment using 10×SBF.
However, the trend for the 1×SBF treatment was not obvious. This could be
due to the low ion concentration, and the uneven fibrous structures.
-154-
Fig.6.7. Ca and P ion concentration changes in 1×SBF and 10×SBF solutions as a function of time
6.2.4 Water contact angle
Because the matrices had macro-pores insides them, water drops might be kept
in the pores or on the fibres. To eliminate the difference, films with exactly the
same treatment were used for water contact angle (WCA) testing after plasma
treatment. Water contact angle changed from about 80º to nearly 45º after
plasma treatment (Fig.6.8), which indicated that surface had a good water
wettability. This would assist in the whole surface contact and reaction with
SBF solution.
-155-
Fig.6.8. Surface water contact angles before and after N2 plasma treatment, a) control sample, b) N2 plasma treated sample.
Water contact angle results for matrix samples undertaken different soaking
times in 1×SBF or 10×SBF are exhibited in Fig.6.9. After 21 days of soaking
in SBF, a layer of apatite was deposited on the fibre surface, resulting in
decrease in the water contact angle, from 106 to 55º. For the samples soaking
in 10×SBF (24 hours), a decrease trend was also obtained. Different contents
of apatite formation on the surface resulting from variable soaking times and
soaking concentrations made the initial variety of WCA among these samples.
-156-
Fig.6.9. Water contact angles of the PCL matrices as a function of soaking time, a) 1×SBF, b) 10×SBF.
6.2.5 Cytotoxicity study
The cytotoxicity results are shown in Fig.6.10. All the samples had a very good
compatibility to fibroblast cells. 3 days’ culture resulted in the cell number
rising from the original number (1×104) to above 3×104 with the cell viability
higher than 95%. These positive results confirmed that the samples with apatite
on the surface were non-toxic to cells, and were suitable for tissue engineering
application.
-157-
Fig.6.10. Cell cytotoxicity results using fibroblast cells, the bar shows mean live/dead cell number after 3 day culture; the line indicates the mean cell viability (p>0.05).
Fig.6.11 further shows the healthy state of fibroblast cultured on the extract of
different samples. From the images of low magnification, it can be seen that
the cells spread uniformly on the surface of TCP. From higher magnification
images, the cells are observed to interact with each other and maintain a
polygon shape, indicating their happy growing state.
-158-
Fig.6.11. Fibroblast morphology after cultivation for 3 days in the extract media of different samples, a) Control, b) O2 plasma treated, c) N2 plasma treated.
6.2.6 Cell morphology, distribution and migration
6.2.6.1 Light microscopy
Under normal light microscopy, the cells can be distinguished from the
polymer when the samples were stained with dyes, and the low magnification
also provides information on the cell distribution and migration. As
demonstrated in Fig.6.12, the influence of apatite on the hFOB1.19 and Saos-2
become apparent only after 7 days of culture. Without the apatite layer, the
hFOB1.19 was hard to attach to the PCL fibre surface. There was very small
number of cells found on the matrix. With the help of a thin layer of apatite,
more hFOB1.19 could be observed. The hFOB1.19 cells on both the control
-159-
and the apatite coated samples looked very healthy in terms of their shapes. In
contrast, the difference between apatite and no-apatite coated samples for Saos-
2 was very small. This is mainly because Saos-2 cells have much higher
growth and proliferation rate than the hFOB1.19 cells. Saos-2 cells grew not
only on the matrix surface, but also inside the matrix. The cells had no
preference growth orientation along the fibres, and they all looked very healthy
as well.
Fig.6.12. Morphology of hFOB1.19 and Saos-2 cells grown on PCL fibrous matrices after 7 days of culture, a &a’) hFOB1.19 on control, b & b’) hFOB1.19 on apatite treated samples; c & c’) Saos-2 on control samples, d& d’) Saos-2 on apatite treated samples. Cells were stained with 1% toluidine blue in 2% borax and 0.04% methylene blue. The scale bar for images a-d is 500 μm, and for images a’-d’ is 100 μm.
-160-
6.2.6.2 Laser confocal microscopy (CLMS)
Fig.6.13 shows the morphology of the cells growing on the PCL fibrous
matrices. In the early days, both hFOB1.19 cells and Saos-2 cells were not easy
to be found. The cells also had small sizes but no elongation (Fig.6.13 a-1 &
b-1). At day 3, both hFOB1.19 and Saos-2 cells were found to start elongating
along the fibre length direction (Fig.6.13 a-2& b-2). This phenomenon became
clearer at day 7 (Fig.6.13 a-3). For the area with many bonded fibres, the cells
elongated less (Fig.6.13 b-3). Longer culture time led to huge amounts of cells
covering on the fibre surface (Fig.6.13 a-4 and b-4). By comparison, less
hFOB1.19 cells were found on the control sample. For Saos-2 cells, the cells
covered most of fibre surfaces. The enhancement of Saos-2 cells growth with
apatite was not observed visually.
Cells-hFOB1.19 have a similar shape to the Saos-2 cells. In biologics, they
both are classified as osteoblasts. Saos-2 cells have exactly the same
characteristic as osteoblasts and they are often called osteoblast-like cells.
-161-
Fig.6.13. Morphologies of hFOB1.19 and Saos-2 cells in different culture periods, a1~3) hFOB1.19 on apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days and 14 days of culturing; c)
-162-
hFOB1.19 on control samples 14 days of culturing; b-1~3) Saos-2 on apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days and 14 days of culturing; d) Saos-2 on control samples after 14 days.
6.2.6.3 Scanning electron microscopy (SEM)
SEM images in Fig.6.14 and Fig.6.15 exhibit the cell morphology of
hFOB1.19 and Saos-2 on PCL fibrous samples as a function of culturing time.
For hFOB1.19 cells (Fig.6.14), at day 1, the cells seemed to dislike growing on
the surface of PCL fibre, they just attached to the surface, showing similar
phenomenon on apatite coated surface. At day 3 and day 7, cells could spread
on the surface, but they tended to crouch and the cells were still small in
number. In comparison, more cells were observed to spread on the apatite
coated surface, and the cells were more easily found. With two weeks of
growth, more hFOB1.19 cells were found on the surface, showing healthy
cells-matrix interaction.
For Saos-2 cells (Fig.6.15), at day 1 and day 3, the cells were found to scatter
on the fibre surface. The cells attaching to the untreated samples were very low
in number. One week later, more Saos-2 cells distributed on the fibre surface.
Saos-2 cells had a tendency to orient along the fibre length direction on the
apatite treated samples, but not on the untreated control samples. After two
weeks of growth, Saos-2 cells covered most of the fibre surfaces, cells on the
apatite coated surface grew with an orientation along the fibre length direction.
-163-
Fig.6.14. hFOB1.19 cultured on PCL fibrous samples at different culturing times, a-1~4) on control samples after 1 day, 3 days and 7 days, and 14 days of culturing; b-1~4) on the apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days and 14 days of culturing; scale bar = 10 μm
-164-
Fig.6.15. Saos-2 cultured on PCL fibrous samples at different culturing times, a-1~4) on control samples after 1 day, 3 days and 7 days, and 14 days of culturing; b-1~4) on the apatite treated samples after 1 day, 3 days, 7 days and 14 days of culturing; scale bar = 10 μm
6.2.7 Cell proliferation The cell proliferation was measured by MTS assay. The culture time was set at
day 1, 3, 7, and 14. The changes of live cell number at different time periods
are shown in Fig.6.16.
-165-
When Saos-2 and hFOB1.19 were firstly cultured on these scaffolds, more
hFOB1.19 cells stayed on the matrix surface than Saos-2 cells, and the apatite
coated surface contained more cells than the untreated control samples. At day
3, cell number did not change much for the Saos-2. For hFOB1.19, however,
the cell number on the apatite-coated surface was nearly double that on non-
treated pristine sample (Fig.6.16b). This tendency sustained for at least two
weeks. The enhancement effect of the apatite layer to Saos-2 cell growth was
clear for a long time. As seen in Fig.6.16a, at day 14, the cell number on the
apatite-coated samples was much higher than that on the non-treated pristine
one. Saos-2 cells were more populous than hFOB1.19, mainly because of their
high growth speed.
Fig.6.16. Proliferation of osteoblastic cells on PCL matrices with or without apatite coating
-166-
6.2.8 Alkaline phosphate activity
ALP activity can be calculated by ALP experiment results shown in Fig.6.17
quantitatively and Fig.6.18-Fig. 6.25 qualitatively.
Cells hFOB1.19 were cultured at 34 ºC for the first three days to obtain enough
cells. Then these hFOB1.19 cells-scaffold composites were moved to the 39 ºC
incubator for best cell differentiation, at which time, the day was set as zero.
To make the same, for Saos-2 cells, although the beginning temperature was 37
ºC, and the cell proliferation temperature was unchanged, they also allowed
proliferating for three days. For the following days, it was counted at 3 days, 7
days, 10 days, and 14 days, and at every interval, the ALP content was
measured and calculated.
As indicated in Fig.6.17 a, ALP activity for hFOB1.19 is variable with
culturing time. At the first three days, the ALP activity was high, and then
decreased at day 7. At day 10, the content increased again and reached the
highest value. All scaffold samples showed a similar trend.
Comparing to the control samples, the apatite coated fibrous samples expressed
an improved ALP activity at day 3, 10, 14. At day 7, there was no distinct
difference between the control samples and the apatite coated 3D samples. In
this study, there was not much difference between 2D control samples and 3D
control samples in terms of ALP activity.
Fig.6.17b shows the ALP results for Saos-2 cells, which are quite different
from those obtained on hFOB1.19 cells. The ALP contents of Saos-2 were
much higher than that on the hFOB1.19, even for 1 day culture, the content
was 100 times higher. Another difference for Saos-2 was that the peaks of ALP
activity appeared at day 7. Only one peak existed in all the tested groups. There
was no statistically significant difference between the apatite coated and the
non-coated samples at day 7, day 10 and day 14. The apatite improvement of
ALP activity was only found at day 3. High proliferation rate of Saos-2 was the
main reason for this phenomenon.
-167-
Fig.6.17. ALP activity of Saos-2 and hFOB1.19 on different samples
By staining the cells with dye, ALP enzyme could be observed visually. This
assisted in understanding the difference between sample groups.
Figs.6.18 to 6.25 show all stained ALP images. Samples were firstly stained by
naphthol AS-MX phosphate/N, N dimetylformamide (DMF) solution and 0.6
mg/ml diazonium salt for ALP enzyme, then all the samples were further
stained by Mayer’s hematoxylin for cell nuclei. Pink to red colour represented
ALP generated by cells. The dark blue colour was from cell nuclei.
At day 3, there was already some ALP observed in the apatite coated samples
grown with hFOB1.19. When looking at the images of control samples
(Fig.6.18 c and c’), some cells were observed on the matrices, but no ALP
-168-
(Fig.6.18a and a’). These results were in accordance with that from ALP
content mentioned previously: apatite might have a good effect on the cell
differentiation at the early stage.
For the Saos-2 cells at day 3, the influence of apatite on ALP activity was
evident (Fig.6.22). Cells or ALP enzyme was found to distribute throughout
the matrix, which was different to the untreated pristine samples.
At day 7, the ALP activity of hFOB1.19 was very low. There were only several
red spots in the matrices, for both control and the apatite coated samples
(Fig.6.19).
For Saos-2, the ALP activity was much higher than that of hFOB1.19. The
matrices had red colour on some fibres. Such a good ALP activity maintained
for all the tested time intervals (Fig.6.23 & Fig.6.24), and nearly the whole
matrices looked red after 14 days of culture (Fig.6.25)
Longer culturing time gave an easy observation of hFOB1.19 cells on the
matrices. The ALP activity, however, was still very low and not much red
colour was shown (Fig.6.20& Fig.6.21). This could be attributed to two
factors: hFOB1.19 had really low cell proliferation rate, even after 14 culturing
days, therefore not enough cells were grown on the matrices, and hFOB1.19
cells were hard to differentiate at 39 ºC.
The results on ALP contents and stained ALP images suggested that ALP
activity could be enhanced by apatite coating all the time for hFOB1.19 cells,
but only at the early stages for Saos-2 cells.
-169-
Fig.6.18. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 3, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-170-
Fig.6.19. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 7, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-171-
Fig.6.20. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 10, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-172-
Fig.6.21. Images of hFOB1.19 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 14, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-173-
Fig.6.22. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 3, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-174-
Fig.6.23. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 7, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-175-
Fig.6.24. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 10, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-176-
Fig.6.25. Images of Saos-2 stained with alkaline phosphate on PCL fibrous samples at day 14, a) & a’) control sample with ALP stained only, b) & b’) apatite treated sample with ALP stained only, c) & c’) control samples with ALP and nucleus stained together, d) & d’) apatite treated samples with ALP and nucleus stained together.
-177-
6.3 Conclusions
A thin layer of apatite was deposited on the PCL fibre surface by pre-treatment
of fibre with N2 plasma and soaking in SBF solution. The plasma pre-treatment
sped up the apatite formation. The apatite formation was confirmed by SEM
and EDX, and the apatite coating made the fibre surface more hydrophilic.
These apatite-coated samples were proved to be biocompatible to fibroblast
cells with no cytotoxicity. They also improved the cell attachments because of
the increased surface roughness and wettability. The apatite coating improved
the cell proliferation, because the apatite surface was more bioactive for cells
to grow than pristine PCL surface. This good cell differentiation was also
indicated by the increase in the ALP activity. In summary, apatite was
successfully applied on PCL 3D fibrous matrices, and this coating was proved
to effectively enhance the adhesion, proliferation and differentiation of
osteoblast cells.
-178-
C H A P T E R S E V E N
Inter-bonded 3D fibrous scaffolds with
antibacterial surface coating and cell growth
performances
In this chapter, 3D fibrous scaffolds were surface coated with antibacterial
agents, silver and polyhexamethylene biguanide hydrochloride (PHMB). The
cytotoxicity of the coated fibrous matrices was studied. The antibacterial
activity was confirmed, and the compatibility to fibroblast cell growth was
examined.
7.1 Experimental Procedure
PCL fibrous matrices PCL-10 (porosity >90%, mean pore size 200 μm) were
used. The antibacterial agents (Ag nanoparticles) were coated on the surface by
an electroless plating method. Briefly, two solutions separately containing Ag+
source and the reducing agent were mixed together to initiate the silver-mirror
reaction in the presence of the fibrous matrices. The silver generated was
deposited onto the fibre surface. Separately, PHMB was coated on fibre surface
by the layer-by-layer electrostatic assembly technology. To do this, PAA
abundant with –COOH groups was applied onto the fibre surface, followed by
assembling positively charged PHMB under pH 8.0. Then another negatively
charged PAA was introduced, followed by the PHMB again.
-179-
7.2 Results and Discussion
7.2.1 Electroless plating of silver
7.2.1.1 Electroless plating The plating time was studied from 2 minutes to 40 minutes and the optical
microscopy images of the coated fibrous matrices are shown in Fig.7.1. It was
found that 10 minutes of plating was enough to finish the reaction and also
avoided the aggregation of silver particles on the fibre surface, although these
precipitations could be washed away by ethanol or distilled water.
Fig.7.1. Photographs of PCL matrices with silver coated surfaces. The scale bar=100μm.
Silver nanoparticles show distinct surface Plasmon absorption from the visible
to the near infrared region [437]. As shown in Fig 7.2 a~c, the white fibrous
sample after 2 minute treatment becomes yellow. Longer plating time made the
sample become brown and even grey eventually. The dark brown colour
indicated the formation of silver nanoparticles. The SEM images shown in Fig
7.2 d~f indicates that a fine nano-silver coating evenly covers the entire fibre
surface. Higher magnification image illustrated that the deposited Ag was in
the form of nanoparticles.
-180-
Fig.7.2. Photographic and SEM images of PCL matrices, a) uncoated PCL matrix; b & c) PCL matrices coated with silver nanoparticles at different plating times (low & high); d) untreated PCL matrix; e & f) Ag-coated PCL matrices in low and high magnification.
TEM images in Fig.7.3 indicate that a very thin layer of Ag coating is formed
on the PCL fibre surface. The thickness of the Ag coating was around 100~120
nm, after 5 minute Ag plating treatment.
-181-
Fig.7.3. TEM images of Ag-plated PCL matrices. The silver coating layer is around 100~120 nm in thickness.
7.2.1.2 Particle-size and distribution Based on the SEM images, the Ag particle size was calculated. Fig.7.4a
provides the particle size result measured from SEM images. The mean particle
size was about 75.04 nm with a standard deviation of 25.74 nm. The
distribution of Ag nanoparticle size fitted the Gaussian distribution (R2 =
0.97).
The particle size was verified by DLS. Samples were dissolved in
dichloromethane, and the solution was then tested. Fig.7.4b shows a typical
testing result. The mean particle size measured by this method was near 200
nm, which was much larger than that measured from SEM images.
-182-
Fig.7.4. Particle size distribution histograms tested by a) SEM image and b) DLS (dynamic light scattering)
7.2.1.3 Silver crystalline X-ray diffraction (XRD) patterns of the electrolessly plated Ag nanoparticles
on the PCL matrix are shown in Fig. 7.5. The peaks at 2θ = 38.32°, 44.04°,
64.64° and 77.42° were assigned to the (111), (200), (220), and (311) reflection
lines of Ag particles, respectively [438-439].
Fig.7.5. XRD pattern of Ag coated PCL matrix
7.2.1.4 Ultraviolet visible (UV-Vis) absorption
Fig.7.6. UV-Vis spectra of Ag solution released from the coated fibrous samples with single layer coating as a function of soaking time
-183-
Fig.7.6 shows the UV-Vis spectra of Ag nanoparticles released from the coated
PCL fibrous matrix, with the maximum absorption peak at about 420 nm,
which is consistent with the absorption of silver nanoparticles [440]. Since the
release of silver nanoparticles is time dependent, the peak increased gradually
with the increase in the immersion time.
7.2.1.5 Antibacterial properties Fig.7.7 gives the antibacterial ratio of different samples. All the samples
demonstrated strong antibacterial properties. For the sample with 10 min Ag
plating and washed with ethanol and water before use, more than 99% bacteria
were killed within 3hr. With increasing the plating time, a high percentage of
bacteria were killed.
At the same treatment condition (10 mins double layers coating), the unwashed
samples had a high antibacterial ratio compared to the washed samples because
washing removed some silver nanoparticles off the matrix, which decreased the
antibacterial property of the matrix. Similarly, when increasing the plating time
from 10 mins to 30 mins, more particles were assembled on the fibre surface,
leading to stronger antibacterial effect. Plating more layers of Ag also could
improve the bacterial inhibition function, because more Ag ions would be
released from the increased surface area.
Fig.7.7. Antibacterial efficacy of different sample groups as a function of time (Escherichia coli, E.coli)
-184-
The Ag particle coating changed the E.coli surface from smooth to irregular as
indicated in literatures [441-442]. Here the Ag particles on the PCL fibre
surface damaged the normal biological function (Fig.7.8).
Fig.7.8. Effects of nanoparticles on Escherichia coli (E.coli), a) after contact with the Ag-coated PCL fibrous matrix for 7 hours, cell surface was surrounded by Ag particles; b) E.coli cells had an irregular surface (cellular shrinkage).
7.2.1.6 Cytotoxicity Fig.7.9 shows the cytotoxicity testing results of the Ag-plated fibrous matrices.
Without any sterilization treatment, the scaffolds showed more than 90%
fibroblast cell viability after 5 days of cell culture. This result was quite similar
to that of the control matrix. This suggests that the silver coating has very low
toxicity to human mammalian cells and the silver nanoparticles coated fibrous
matrices can be used for tissue scaffolding applications.
-185-
Fig.7.9. Cytotoxicity test results by culturing fibroblasts in extract liquids from the Ag-plated fibrous samples and control samples (p>0.05)
7.2.1.7 Culture of fibroblasts Cell culture test was conducted on the Ag coated PCL matrix. As shown in
Fig.7.10a, after 1 day of cell culturing, although the number of cells on the
matrix is slightly lower than 2D control due to the static seeding limitation, the
mean viable cell number on the Ag-coated matrix is equivalent to the 3D PCL
control matrix. After 3 days and 7 days of culture, the cell number in the Ag-
coated fibrous matrix nearly had no changes with time, which was abnormal
when comparing to the 3D control and 2D control samples (Fig.7.10b&c).
-186-
Fig.7.10. MTS results of fibroblasts cultured on PCL matrices and nAg-anchored PCL matrices
-187-
This result suggested that the Ag-coated reduced the cell growth. To improve
the cell growth on the Ag-coated fibrous matrix, the sample was pre-coated
with a thin layer of cellulose acetate using a dip coating method. The cell
culture result was also included in Fig.7.10. It was shown that a thin layer of
polymer was still not able to improve the cell growth much.
7.2.2 Electrostatic assembly of PAA-PHMB 7.2.2.1 Confirmation of PHMB To verify the assembly of PHMB on the 3D PCL scaffolds, the samples were
stained with a dye (Eosin). Due to the reaction between PHMB and the dye,
red colour would be developed when the dye molecules interacted with PHMB.
More dye-PHMB interaction led to deeper colour. Fig.7.11 inset image shows
the PCL fibrous matrices having different layers of PHMB stained by Eosin
dye. Without PHMB layer, no absorption peak appeared in the range of
500~570 nm. With increasing the PHMB assembling layers, the matrices had
stronger absorption peak at 540 nm.
Fig.7.11. Visible spectra of the stained fibre samples with different PHMB layers
PHMB coatings were confirmed by FTIR. As shown in Fig.7.12 the vibration
peaks at 3375 cm-1, 1625 cm-1, and 1575cm-1 are corresponding to NH, NH2
and NH4+, when 5 layers or more layers of PHMB are assembled onto PCL
fibres.
-188-
Fig.7.12. FTIR spectra of PCL fibrous samples before and after PHMB assembling
7.2.2.2 Water contact angle Since the matrices had macro-pores, water drops might be kept in the pores or
on the fibres. To eliminate the difference, films with exactly the same
treatment were used for WCA testing. It was assumed that contact angle on
films can reflect the water wettability of fibrous matrices.
Water contact angle of PHMB coated samples were measured on the PCL film
with exactly the same treatment method. Results are shown in Fig.7.13.
Without any treatment, the PCL film was hydrophobic with a mean contact
angle of 78.0º. When one layer of PHMB was introduced on the surface,
contact angle decreased to 67.9º. Increasing the PHMB layers on the surface
lowered the contact angles. When the coating was 7 bilayers of PHMB, the
contact angle reached as low as 52.7º, which was ideal for tissue scaffold
applications [443].
-189-
Fig.7.13. Water contact angles of different layers of PHMB coated films
7.2.2.3 Washing durability of PHMB coatings Fig.7.14 shows the Visible absorption of the PHMB coated fibrous samples
before and after sterilising process (washing with 70% ethanol and distilled
water for several times, detailed process was described in chapter 3). The
PHMB peak was still very high after sterilising treatment. The inset digital
photo shows the colours before and after sterilising treatment.
-190-
Fig.7.14. Visible spectra of the PHMB-coated samples before and after sterilising treatment, Inserted images were digital photos of the corresponding samples.
7.2.2.4 Antibacterial properties The antibacterial results of the PHMB coated fibrous samples are provided in
Fig.7.15. The initial seeding number of bacteria was 7.575×106, while after 4hr
culturing and growth on pristine control sample, the number increased to
1.87×109, which was regarded as no bacterial killing property. For the fibrous
sample containing 1 layer of PHBM coating, although there was a certain
reduction of E.coli bacteria (The reduction rate was 71.88% and 80.13%
respectively), it was still not enough for the self-disinfection purpose. Some
bacteria were still found on the surface after 5 hours of incubation. When more
layers of PHMB were assembled on the surface, the retarding rate of bacterial
could reach 99.99%, as indicated in Fig.7.15. Especially for 7 layer coating,
most of plates showed no living E.Coli.
-191-
Fig.7.15. Bacterial growth and antibacterial rate of fibrous matrices having different layers of PHMB treated samples after 4hrs contact
Although the 3, 5 and 7 bilayers of PHMB assemblies made it possible to kill
all bacteria in 5 hours, it was still necessary to investigate the long-term
antibacterial efficacy. At the first half hour, the bacteria on the control samples
were recovered from the liquids and adjusted to the environments. There was
no increase in logarithm value. In contrast, the bacteria on the PHMB treated
samples (7 bilayers) were killed immediately when they contacted with PHMB
coated surface, which was tested in 10 mins. There were no bacteria on the
PHMB-treated fibre surface. With time, bacteria on the control samples
propagated quickly, while no changes happened on the PHMB treated samples.
It proved that with PHMB on the surface, no bacteria grew.
-192-
Fig.7.16. Bacterial growth as a function of time
7.2.2.5 Cell cytotoxicity The cytotoxicity study was done using fibroblast cells according the method
mentioned in Chapter 3. The extract media was used. The cell viability and the
cell growth morphology after 3 days culture are shown Fig.7.17 and Fig.7.18.
All the samples tested proved no toxicity to cells, with cell viability of more
than 95%, and cell morphology sustaining in a healthy polygon shape.
Fig.7.17. Cell viability results of the fibrous samples with different layers of PHMB (p>0.05)
-193-
Fig.7.18. Cell growth morphology, a) & a’) on control samples, and on the PHMB assembled fibrous samples with b) & b’) 1 layer PHMB coating, c) & c’) 1 bilayer PHMB/PAA coating, d)
-194-
& d’) 3 bilayers PHMB coating, e) & e’) 5 bilayers PHMB coating and f) & f’) 7 bilayers PHMB coating
7.2.2.6 Cell growth A simple 7 day culture of fibroblast was conducted for evaluating the cell
culture adaptability. MTS assay was used to identify the real viable cell
number after 7 day culture. The cell number data is given in Fig.7.19.
Although there were little differences in the mean cell number after 7 days
culture, the cell number showed no differences between the pristine samples
and the PHMB assembled samples. When taking into consideration of different
layers, 7 bilayers of PHMB coating had less cell number compared to samples
coated with fewer PHMB layers (Fig.7.19).
Fig.7.19. Mean cell number of fibroblasts on different samples after 7 days of cell culturing
Confocal microscopy images provided another proof of fibroblasts growth
state. As shown in Fig.7.20, in one week of cell culture, it was hard to observe
separate cells from these images. Cells already grew into multiple layers on the
fibre surface.
-195-
Fig.7.20. Confocal microscopic images of fibroblasts after 7 days of cell culture, a) pristine fibre sample, and the fibrous sample with b) 1 PHMB layer, c) 1 PHMB/PAA bilayer, d) 3 PHMB/PAA bilayers, e) 5 PHMB/PAA bilayers, f) 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers. Scale bar = 100 μm
Fig.7.21 shows the SEM images of the fibrous sample after 7 days of cell
culture. For the untreated pristine samples, due to the hydrophobic surface, the
cell attachment on the fibre surface was not uniform. Some surface parts
contained much less cells compared to other parts. For the samples having 1
layer of PHMB coating, the cells covered the entire fibre surface. The fibrous
samples with 1 bilayer, 3 bilayers, and 5 bilayers, showed a similar tendency.
With increasing PHMB layers, cells seemed to not grow as usual. In addition,
cells grew not only on the fibre surface, but also between the fibres.
-196-
Fig.7.21. SEM images of fibroblasts after 7 days of culturing on fibrous matrices, a) pristine fibre sample, and the fibrous sample with b) 1 PHMB layer, c) 1 PHMB/PAA bilayer, d) 3 PHMB/PAA bilayers, e) 5 PHMB/PAA bilayers, f) 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers. Scale bar = 100 μm
7.2.2.7 Cell proliferation Cell proliferation study was conducted on 7 bilayers of PHMB coated samples,
which had the best antibacterial properties and cell effectiveness.
The samples with 7 layers of PHMB assembly had similar number of cells
compared to the control sample in the first three days, and even after a longer
culture period. The cell growth speed on both samples was increased until 7
days, after which the cell number reduced (Fig.7.22).
-197-
Fig.7.22. Fibroblast number on the control and the PHMB assembled (7 bilayers) samples.
SEM images in Fig.7.23 reveal the cell morphology of fibroblasts on the
fibrous samples after 3 and 7 days of cell culture. On day 3, very few cells
were observed on the matrices. After 7 days of culture, fibroblasts could form
multiple layers around the fibres of control samples. However for the PHMB
treated fibrous matrices, fibroblasts were found to be in bunches and existed
mainly on the boundary between fibres, rather than on the fibre surfaces.
-198-
Fig.7.23. SEM images of fibroblasts after 3 and 7 days of culture, a) pristine fibre sample-3 days’ culture, b) pristine fibre sample-7 days’ culture, c) fibrous sample with 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers-3 days’ culture, and d) fibrous sample with 7 PHMB/PAA bilayers-3 days’ culture. Scale bar = 50 μm
7.2.3 Comparison
Electroless plating provided a quick method to assemble a thin silver
nanoparticle layer on the surface of PCL matrices, which could be achieved in
10 minutes. The content of silver on the surface was dependent on plating time
and coating layers. In contrast, the procedure for PHMB/PAA electrostatic
self-assembly on PCL fibrous matrices was much complicated and time-
consuming, but the content of PHMB could be controlled by changes of layers.
In the view of antibacterial properties, silver coating was more effective than
PHMB coating. Silver killed 99.99% of original seeded bacterial in 4 hours,
while for PHMB coating, only samples with larger number of layers (3 bilayers,
5 bilayers & 7 bilayers) had relative good bacterial killing ability.
Although samples treated with the two methods showed no difference in cell
toxicity study, the cell growth experiment indicated that silver treated samples
were only good for short time cell culture (1 day), but PHMB treated samples
could provide good environment for cell growth till 14 days.
7.3 Conclusion
Two antibacterial agents, silver and PHMB were applied to the PCL fibrous
matrix respectively by electroless plating and layer-by-layer electrostatic self-
assembling methods. Antibacterial experiment indicated that these treatments
were effective for killing bacteria. For cell culture, the samples coated with
silver nanoparticles were proved to be good for short time, e.g. 1 day, culture,
longer culture time would result in death of cells. The cells on the PHMB
assembled fibrous samples showed much better growth performance. The
layers of PHMB influenced cell growth mainly in terms of cell number rather
than cell morphology. Seven bilayers of PHMB coating gave a small cell
population after 7 days of culture, and the cell maintained not only on the
-199-
surface but also on the fibre-junction area. Cell growth speed was higher in the
first two weeks, and it slowed down afterwards on PHMB treated samples as
well as on control samples. The PHMB may be a good antibacterial candidate
for self-disinfection tissue scaffolds.
-200-
C H A P T E R E I G H T
Summary and Outlook
8.1 Conclusions In this thesis, a new scaffold fabrication method combining fibre melt
processing with particle leaching technique has been developed, which has
great potential for tissue engineering. The scaffolds prepared not only have the
basic characteristics of fibrous scaffolds, but also provide stable mechanical
properties with controlled and interconnected pores which make them an
excellent candidate for tissue engineering scaffolds.
Based on this novel 3D scaffold, surface techniques were used to improve
surface roughness, surface bioactivity and surface antibacterial properties. The
surface modified 3D scaffolds revealed enhanced cell performances. The main
conclusions from this PhD study are highlighted below.
1) 3D inter-bonded fibrous scaffolds were fabricated by combining melt-
bonding of nonwoven with a particle leaching process. The melt procedure
ensures good mechanical properties and stability of the 3D scaffolds, and the
use of short fibres facilitates to form 3D structure with isotopic pores. The
particle leaching technique allows controlling the pore size and porosity. The
resulting 3D structure was demonstrated to be an excellent candidate for in
vitro cell culture.
2) Layer-by-layer electrostatic coating was used to uniformly generate a thin
layer of silica nanoparticles on the PCL fibrous matrices. This coating
technique allows good control of the nanoparticle layers on the fibre surfaces.
This coating not only changes the surface roughness and water wettablity, but
also provides a profound benefit for cell attachment, proliferation and
differentiation.
3) Fibrous scaffold has also been modified with apatite to enhance the
osteoblasts bioactivity. PCL fibres could be activated by vacuum plasma
-201-
treatment and subsequently immersing into SBF solution. The coating resulted
in enhanced proliferation rates for bone cells and alkaline phostatase formation.
4) Antibacterial agents have also been introduced to the surface of 3D fibrous
scaffold by electroless plating of Ag or layer-by-layer coating of PHMB. The
antibacterial coating showed non toxicity but only a short term cell
biocompatibility for Ag, while maintaining normal cell function till 14 days for
PHMB.
This research has shown that 3D inter-bonded fibrous scaffolds with functional
surface have great potential for biomedical applications.
8.2 Suggestion for Future Work This research opens up a new avenue of using 3D fibrous matrices with
stabilised porous structure and nano-structured surface for tissue scaffolding
applications. However, many questions remain to be answered. For example,
the materials selection, the large-scale and uniform dynamic seeding of cells,
the gene expression of silica nanoparticles treated surface, the possibility of
integrating nano-tomography, bioactive surface and antibacterial properties
into one step coating, effect of growth factor and most importantly, the in vivo
applicability and the long-term effect to tissue and organ after implantation.
Tackling the following technical hurdles may form the focus of further studies.
1) The main material used in this study, polycaprolactone (PCL), is a
thermoplastic polymer. There are many other kinds of polymers, such as
natural and nondegradable polymers, that need to be examined. The relevant
cell culture experiments should also be conducted.
2) Dynamic seeding gives better efficiency and cell distribution than static
seeding method for cell culture. This seeding method was not used due to the
lack of facility. It should be performed in future studies.
-202-
3) The effect of silica nanoparticles on the gene expression is still not clear,
although they are nontoxic to cells. What’s more, the in vivo experiment on
animal is necessary before clinical trials. The apatite coated samples face
similar challenges that may be tackled.
4) For antibacterial surface treatment, more experiments are needed to examine
the generality of the antibacterial activity. That is to say, when it imparts the
sterilising property, it may simultaneously induce biological responses to
human mammalian cells, resulting in the failure of the whole system. This
aspect requires further study.
5) The possibility of growth factor induction into the 3D inter-bonded fibrous
scaffolds, the influence of different growth factors on scaffold performance
both in vitro and in vivo, and the delivery mechanism of the growth factor are
also critical issues to be examined.
6) In the long term, in vivo implantation experiment is necessary before any
clinical trials on human body can be contemplated.
-203-
References
[1] R. Langer, J.P. Vacanti (1993) - Tissue engineering, Science 260, 920-926
[2] http://biomed.brown.edu/Courses/BI108/BI108_2007_Groups/group12/ TEModelLarge.jpg -
[3] D.J. Mooney, J.P. Vacanti (1993) - Tissue engineering using cells and synthetic polymers, Transplantation Reviews 7, 153-162
[4] P.K. Valonen, F.T. Moutos, A. Kusanagi, M.G. Moretti, B.O. Diekman, J.F. Welter, A.I. Caplan, F. Guilak, L.E. Freed (2010) - In vitro generation of mechanically functional cartilage grafts based on adult human stem cells and 3D-woven poly(ε-caprolactone) scaffolds, Biomaterials 31, 2193-2200
[5] L.G. Griffith, M.A. Swartz (2006) - Capturing complex 3D tissue physiology in vitro, Nat Rev Mol Cell Biol 7, 211-224
[6] I.Y. Kim, S.J. Seo, H.S. Moon, M.K. Yoo, I.Y. Park, B.C. Kim, C.S. Cho (2008) - Chitosan and its derivatives for tissue engineering applications, Biotechnology Advances 26, 1-21
[7] C. Mao, Y. Qiu, H. Sang, H. Mei, A. Zhu, J. Shen, S. Lin (2004) - Various approaches to modify biomaterial surfaces for improving hemocompatibility, Advances in Colloid and Interface Science 110, 5-17
[8] X. Chen, H.J. Schluesener (2008) - Nanosilver: A nanoproduct in medical application, Toxicology Letters 176, 1-12
[9] J.C. Harper, C.Y. Khirpin, E.C. Carnes, C.E. Ashley, D.M. Lopez, T. Savage, H.D.T. Jones, R.W. Davis, D.E. Nunez, L.M. Brinker, B. Kaehr, S.M. Brozik, C.J. Brinker (2010) - Cell-directed integration into three-dimensional Lipid-Silica nanostructured matrices, ACS Nano 4, 5539-5550
[10] M.M. Stevens, J.H. George (2005) - Exploring and engineering the cell surface interface, Science 310, 1135-1138
[11] R.M. Streicher, M. Schmidt, S. Fiorito (2007) - Nanosurfaces and nanostructures for artificial orthopedic implants, Nanomedicine 2, 861-874
[12] Y.W. Chun, D. Khang, K.M. Haberstroh, T.J. Webster (2009) - The role of polymer nanosurface roughness and submicron pores in improving bladder urothelial cell density and inhibiting calcium oxalate stone formation, Nanotechnology 20,
[13] F. Teraoka, M. Nakagawa, M. Hara (2006) - Surface modification of poly(L-lactide) by atmospheric pressure plasma treatment and cell response, Dental Materials Journal 25, 560-565
[14] S. Yang, K.F. Leong, Z. Du, C.K. Chua (2001) - The design of scaffolds for use in tissue engineering. Part I. Traditional factors, Tissue Engineering 7, 679-689
[15] J.D. Sipe (2002) - Tissue Engineering and Reparative Medicine, Annals New York Acadamy of Sciences 961, 1-9
-204-
[16] A.I. Caplan, S.P. Bruder (2001) - Mesenchymal stem cells: Building blocks for molecular medicine in the 21st century, Trends in Molecular Medicine 7, 259-264
[17] S. Liao, C.K. Chan, S. Ramakrishna (2008) - Stem cells and biomimetic materials strategies for tissue engineering, Materials Science and Engineering C 28, 1189-1202
[18] F.M. Watt, B.L.M. Hogan (2000) - Out of eden: Stem cells and their niches, Science 287, 1427-1430
[19] L.E. Freed, G. Vunjak-Novakovic (1998) - Culture of organized cell communities, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 33, 15-30
[20] H. Liu, J. Lin, K. Roy (2006) - Effect of 3D scaffold and dynamic culture condition on the global gene expression profile of mouse embryonic stem cells, Biomaterials 27, 5978-5989
[21] G. Vunjak-Novakovic, B. Obradovic, I. Martin, P.M. Bursac, R. Langer, L.E. Freed (1998) - Dynamic cell seeding of polymer scaffolds for cartilage tissue engineering, Biotechnology Progress 14, 193-202
[22] A. Ouyang, S.T. Yang (2007) - Effects of mixing intensity on cell seeding and proliferation in three-dimensional fibrous matrices, Biotechnology and Bioengineering 96, 371-380
[23] Y. Li, T. Ma, D.A. Kniss, L.C. Lasky, S.T. Yang (2001) - Effects of filtration seeding on cell density, spatial distribution, and proliferation in nonwoven fibrous matrices, Biotechnology Progress 17, 935-944
[24] B.A. Nasseri, I. Pomerantseva, M.R. Kaazempur-Mofrad, F.W.H. Sutherland, T. Perry, E. Ochoa, C.A. Thompson, J.E. Mayer Jr, S.N. Oesterle, J.P. Vacanti (2003) - Dynamic rotational seeding and cell culture system for vascular tube formation, Tissue Engineering 9, 291-299
[25] H. Li, J.R. Friend, L.Y. Yeo (2007) - A scaffold cell seeding method driven by surface acoustic waves, Biomaterials 28, 4098-4104
[26] W.T. Godbey, B.S. Stacey Hindy, M.E. Sherman, A. Atala (2004) - A novel use of centrifugal force for cell seeding into porous scaffolds, Biomaterials 25, 2799-2805
[27] R. Ng, J.S. Gurm, S.T. Yang (2010) - Centrifugal seeding of mammalian cells in nonwoven fibrous matrices, Biotechnology Progress 26, 239-245
[28] L.A. Solchaga, E. Tognana, K. Penick, H. Baskaran, V.M. Goldberg, A.I. Caplan, J.F. Welter (2006) - A rapid seeding technique for the assembly of large cell/scaffold composite construct, Tissue Engineering 12, 1851-1863
[29] A. Ito, K. Ino, M. Hayashida, T. Kobayashi, H. Matsunuma, H. Kagami, M. Ueda, H. Honda (2005) - Novel methodology for fabrication of tissue-engineered tubular constructs using magnetite nanoparticles and magnetic force, Tissue Engineering 11, 1553-1561
[30] K. Bilodeau, D. Mantovani (2006) - Bioreactors for tissue engineering: Focus on mechanical constraints. A comparative review, Tissue Engineering 12, 2367-2383
-205-
[31] E.A. Botchwey, S.R. Pollack, E.M. Levine, C.T. Laurencin (2001) - Bone tissue engineering in a rotating bioreactor using a microcarrier matrix system, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 55, 242-253
[32] H.C. Chen, Y.C. Hu (2006) - Bioreactors for tissue engineering, Biotechnology Letters 28, 1415-1423
[33] C. Granet, N. Laroche, L. Vico, C. Alexandre, M.H. Lafage-Proust (1998) - Rotating-wall vessels, promising bioreactors for osteoblastic cell culture: Comparison with other 3D conditions, Medical and Biological Engineering and Computing 36, 513-519
[34] D.L. Butler, S.A. Hunter, K. Chokalingam, M.J. Cordray, J. Shearn, N. Juncosa-Melvin, S. Nirmalanandhan, A. Jain (2009) - Using functional tissue engineering and bioreactors to mechanically stimulate tissue-engineered constructs, Tissue Engineering - Part A 15, 741-749
[35] D. Wendt, S.A. Riboldi, M. Cioffi, I. Martin (2009) - Potential and bottlenecks of bioreactors in 3D cell culture and tissue manufacturing, Advanced Materials 21, 3352-3367
[36] X. Zhang, X. Wang, V. Keshav, J.T. Johanas, G.G. Leisk, D.L. Kaplan (2009) - Dynamic culture conditions to generate silk-based tissue-engineered vascular grafts, Biomaterials 30, 3213-3223
[37] M. Bok, H. Li, L.Y. Yeo, J.R. Friend (2009) - The dynamics of surface acoustic wave-driven scaffold cell seeding, Biotechnology and Bioengineering 103, 387-401
[38] I. Martin, D. Wendt, M. Heberer (2004) - The role of bioreactors in tissue engineering, Trends in Biotechnology 22, 80-86
[39] L.S. Nair, C.T. Laurencin (2007) - Biodegradable polymers as biomaterials, Progress in Polymer Science (Oxford) 32, 762-798
[40] H.Y. Cheung, K.T. Lau, T.P. Lu, D. Hui (2007) - A critical review on polymer-based bio-engineered materials for scaffold development, Composites Part B: Engineering 38, 291-300
[41] E.S. Place, J.H. George, C.K. Williams, M.M. Stevens (2009) - Synthetic polymer scaffolds for tissue engineering, Chemical Society Reviews 38, 1139-1151
[42] W.F. Daamen, J.H. Veerkamp, J.C.M. van Hest, T.H. van Kuppevelt (2007) - Elastin as a biomaterial for tissue engineering, Biomaterials 28, 4378-4398
[43] G. Kim, S. Ahn, H. Yoon, Y. Kim, W. Chun (2009) - A cryogenic direct-plotting system for fabrication of 3D collagen scaffolds for tissue engineering, Journal of Materials Chemistry 19, 8817-8823
[44] C. Elvira, J.F. Mano, J. San Román, R.L. Reis (2002) - Starch-based biodegradable hydrogels with potential biomedical applications as drug delivery systems, Biomaterials 23, 1955-1966
[45] W.R. Gombotz, S.F. Wee (1998) - Protein release from alginate matrices, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 31, 267-285
[46] K.E. Kadler, C. Baldock, J. Bella, R.P. Boot-Handford (2007) - Collagens at a glance, Journal of Cell Science 120, 1955-1958
[47] G. Veit, B. Kobbe, D.R. Keene, M. Paulsson, M. Koch, R. Wagener (2006) - Collagen XXVIII, a novel von Willebrand factor A domain-
-206-
containing protein with many imperfections in the collagenous domain, Journal of Biological Chemistry 281, 3494-3504
[48] F. Vin, L. Teot, S. Meaume (2002) - The healing properties of Promogran in venous leg ulcers, Journal of wound care 11, 335-341
[49] J.F. Thornton, R.J. Rohrich (2005) - Dermal substitute (integra) for open nasal wounds [6], Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery 116, 677
[50] [51] P.J. Vandevord, H.W.T. Matthew, S.P. Desilva, L. Mayton, B. Wu,
P.H. Wooley (2002) - Evaluation of the biocompatibility of a chitosan scaffold in mice, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 59, 585-590
[52] C. Aimin, H. Chunlin, B. Juliang, Z. Tinyin, D. Zhichao (1999) - Antibiotic loaded chitosan bar: An in vitro, in vivo study of a possible treatment for osteomyelitis, Clinical Orthopaedics and Related Research 239-247
[53] M.N.V. Ravi Kumar (2000) - A review of chitin and chitosan applications, Reactive and Functional Polymers 46, 1-27
[54] H. Liu, F. Xie, L. Yu, L. Chen, L. Li (2009) - Thermal processing of starch-based polymers, Progress in Polymer Science (Oxford) 34, 1348-1368
[55] R.F. Tester, J. Karkalas, X. Qi (2004) - Starch--composition, fine structure and architecture, Journal of Cereal Science 39, 151-165
[56] R.L. Reis, A.M. Cunha, M.H. Fernandes, R.N. Correia (1997) - Treatments to induce the nucleation and growth of apatite-like layers on polymeric surfaces and foams, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 8, 897-905
[57] A.L. Oliveira, R.L. Reis (2004) - Pre-mineralisation of starch/polycrapolactone bone tissue engineering scaffolds by a calcium-silicate-based process, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 15, 533-540
[58] G. Klöck, A. Pfeffermann, C. Ryser, P. Gröhn, B. Kuttler, H.J. Hahn, U. Zimmermann (1997) - Biocompatibility of mannuronic acid-rich alginates, Biomaterials 18, 707-713
[59] M.A. LeRoux, F. Guilak, L.A. Setton (1999) - Compressive and shear properties of alginate gel: Effects of sodium ions and alginate concentration, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 47, 46-53
[60] S.M. Mithieux, J.E.J. Rasko, A.S. Weiss (2004) - Synthetic elastin hydrogels derived from massive elastic assemblies of self-organized human protein monomers, Biomaterials 25, 4921-4927
[61] [62] S. Terasaka, Y. Iwasaki, N. Shinya, T. Uchida (2006) - Fibrin glue and
polyglycolic acid nonwoven fabric as a biocompatible dural substitute, Neurosurgery 58,
[63] T.T. Dai, Z.H. Jiang, S.L. Li, G.D. Zhou, J.D. Kretlow, W.G. Cao, W. Liu, Y.L. Cao (2010) - Reconstruction of lymph vessel by lymphatic endothelial cells combined with polyglycolic acid scaffolds: A pilot study, Journal of Biotechnology 150, 182-189
[64] M. Rampichová, E. Kostáková, E. Filová, E. Prosecká, M. Plencner, L. Ocheretná, A. Lytvynets, D. Lukás, E. Amler (2010) - Non-woven
-207-
PGA/PVA fibrous mesh as an appropriate scaffold for chondrocyte proliferation, Physiological Research 59, 773-781
[65] P.B. Maurus, C.C. Kaeding (2004) - Bioabsorbable implant material review, Operative Techniques in Sports Medicine 12, 158-160
[66] J.C. Middleton, A.J. Tipton (2000) - Synthetic biodegradable polymers as orthopedic devices, Biomaterials 21, 2335-2346
[67] J.E. Bergsma, F.R. Rozema, R.R.M. Bos, G. Boering, W.C. De Bruijn, A.J. Pennings (1995) - In vivo degradation and biocompatibility study of in vitro pre-degraded as-polymerized polylactide particles, Biomaterials 16, 267-274
[68] H.H. Lu, J.A. Cooper Jr, S. Manuel, J.W. Freeman, M.A. Attawia, F.K. Ko, C.T. Laurencin (2005) - Anterior cruciate ligament regeneration using braided biodegradable scaffolds: In vitro optimization studies, Biomaterials 26, 4805-4816
[69] J.A. Cooper, H.H. Lu, F.K. Ko, J.W. Freeman, C.T. Laurencin (2005) - Fiber-based tissue-engineered scaffold for ligament replacement: Design considerations and in vitro evaluation, Biomaterials 26, 1523-1532
[70] M. Zilberman, K.D. Nelson, R.C. Eberhart (2005) - Mechanical properties and in vitro degradation of bioresorbable fibers and expandable fiber-based stents, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part B Applied Biomaterials 74, 792-799
[71] Y.M. Lin, W. Chrzanowski, J. Knowles, A. Bishop, A. Bismarck (2010) - Functionalized poly(D,L-lactide) for pulmonary epithelial cell culture, Advanced Engineering Materials 12,
[72] W. Cui, X. Li, C. Xie, J. Chen, J. Zou, S. Zhou, J. Weng (2010) - Controllable growth of hydroxyapatite on electrospun poly(dl-lactide) fibers grafted with chitosan as potential tissue engineering scaffolds, Polymer 51, 2320-2328
[73] J. Chen, X. Li, W. Cui, C. Xie, J. Zou, B. Zou (2010) - In situ grown fibrous composites of poly(dl-lactide) and hydroxyapatite as potential tissue engineering scaffolds, Polymer 51, 6268-6277
[74] M.J. Mondrinos, R. Dembzynski, L. Lu, V.K.C. Byrapogu, D.M. Wootton, P.I. Lelkes, J. Zhou (2006) - Porogen-based solid freeform fabrication of polycaprolactone-calcium phosphate scaffolds for tissue engineering, Biomaterials 27, 4399-4408
[75] K. Chatterjee, L. Sun, L.C. Chow, M.F. Young, C.G. Simon (2011) - Combinatorial screening of osteoblast response to 3D calcium phosphate/poly(ε-caprolactone) scaffolds using gradients and arrays, Biomaterials 32, 1361-1369
[76] T.W. Chung, M.C. Yang, C.C. Tseng, S.H. Sheu, S.S. Wang, Y.Y. Huang, S.D. Chen (2011) - Promoting regeneration of peripheral nerves in-vivo using new PCL-NGF/Tirofiban nerve conduits, Biomaterials 32, 734-743
[77] K.T. Shalumon, N.S. Binulal, M. Deepthy, R. Jayakumar, K. Manzoor, S.V. Nair (2011) - Preparation, characterization and cell attachment studies of electrospun multi-scale poly(caprolactone) fibrous scaffolds
-208-
for tissue engineering, Journal of Macromolecular Science, Part A: Pure and Applied Chemistry 48, 21-30
[78] C.M. Valmikinathan, J. Hoffman, X. Yu (2011) - Impact of scaffold micro and macro architecture on Schwann cell proliferation under dynamic conditions in a rotating wall vessel bioreactor, Materials Science and Engineering C 31, 22-29
[79] http://actasatech.com/download.php?file=Journal-107.pdf - [80] Y. Doi, S. Kitamura, H. Abe (1995) - Microbial Synthesis and
Characterization of Poly(3-hydroxybutyrate-co-3-hydroxyhexanoate), Macromolecules 28, 4822-4828
[81] M. Zinn, B. Witholt, T. Egli (2001) - Occurrence, synthesis and medical application of bacterial polyhydroxyalkanoate, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 53, 5-21
[82] C.W. Pouton, S. Akhtar (1996) - Biosynthetic polyhydroxyalkanoates and their potential in drug delivery, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 18, 133-162
[83] M.K. Gouda, A.E. Swellam, S.H. Omar (2001) - Production of PHB by a Bacillus megaterium strain using sugarcane molasses and corn steep liquor as sole carbon and nitrogen sources, Microbiological Research 156, 201-207
[84] K.H. Law, Y.C. Leung, H. Lawford, H. Chua, W.H. Lo, P.H. Yu (2001) - Production of polyhydroxybutyrate by Bacillus species isolated from municipal activated sludge, Applied Biochemistry and Biotechnology - Part A Enzyme Engineering and Biotechnology 91-93, 515-524
[85] Y.X. Weng, Y. Wang, X.L. Wang, Y.Z. Wang (2010) - Biodegradation behavior of PHBV films in a pilot-scale composting condition, Polymer Testing 29, 579-587
[86] R.F. Storey, J.S. Wiggins, A.D. Puckett (1994) - Hydrolyzable poly (ester-urethane) networks from L-lysine diisocyanate and D,L-lactide/ ε-caprolactone homo- and copolyester triols, Journal of Polymer Science, Part A: Polymer Chemistry 32, 2345-2363
[87] S. Grenier, M. Sandig, D.W. Holdsworth, K. Mequanint (2009) - Interactions of coronary artery smooth muscle cells with 3D porous polyurethane scaffolds, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 89, 293-303
[88] B. Saad, T.D. Hirt, M. Welti, G.K. Uhlschmid, P. Neuenschwander, U.W. Suter (1997) - Development of degradable polyesterurethanes for medical applications: In vitro and in vivo evaluations, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 36, 65-74
[89] J.L. Ryszkowska, M. Auguścik, A. Sheikh, A.R. Boccaccini (2010) - Biodegradable polyurethane composite scaffolds containing Bioglass® for bone tissue engineering, Composites Science and Technology 70, 1894-1908
[90] J.A. Werkmeister, R. Adhikari, J.F. White, T.A. Tebb, T.P.T. Le, H.C. Taing, R. Mayadunne, P.A. Gunatillake, S.J. Danon, J.A.M. Ramshaw (2010) - Biodegradable and injectable cure-on-demand polyurethane scaffolds for regeneration of articular cartilage, Acta Biomaterialia 6, 3471-3481
-209-
[91] P. Woźniak, M. Bil, J. Ryszkowska, P. Wychowański, E. Wróbel, A. Ratajska, G. Hoser, J. Przybylski, K.J. Kurzydłowski, M. Lewandowska-Szumieł (2010) - Candidate bone-tissue-engineered product based on human-bone-derived cells and polyurethane scaffold, Acta Biomaterialia 6, 2484-2493
[92] S.J. Peter, J.A. Nolley, M.S. Widmer, J.E. Merwin, M.J. Yaszemski, A.W. Yasko, P.S. Engel, A.G. Mikos (1997) - In vitro degradation of a poly(propylene fumarate)/β-tricalcium phosphate composite orthopaedic scaffold, Tissue Engineering 3, 207-215
[93] S.J. Peter, M.J. Yaszemski, L.J. Suggs, R.G. Payne, R. Langer, W.C. Hayes, M.R. Unroe, L.B. Alemany, P.S. Engel, A.G. Mikos (1997) - Characterization of partially saturated poly(propylene fumarate) for orthopaedic application, Journal of Biomaterials Science, Polymer Edition 8, 893-904
[94] E.L. Hedberg, C.K. Shih, M.D. Timmer, J.J. Lemoine, M.A.K. Liebschner, J.A. Jansen, A.G. Mikos (2004) - In vitro degradation of poly(propylene fumarate)-based controlled release scaffolds,
[95] H. Ueda, M.C. Hacker, A. Haesslein, S. Jo, D.M. Ammon, R.N. Borazjani, J.F. Kunzler, J.C. Salamone, A.G. Mikos (2007) - Injectable, in situ forming poly(propylene fumarate)-based ocular drug delivery systems, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 83, 656-666
[96] K.T. Shalumon, M. Jayabalan (2009) - Studies on biodegradation of crosslinked hydroxy terminated-poly(proplyene fumarate) and formation of scaffold for orthopedic applications, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 20,
[97] W. Zhao, D. Yang, Z. Li, T. Xu (2005) - Progress in researches on the synthesis of poly (propylene fumarate) and its crosslinking characteristics, Sheng wu yi xue gong cheng xue za zhi = Journal of biomedical engineering = Shengwu yixue gongchengxue zazhi. 22, 381-384
[98] V. Hasrc, K. Lewandrowski, J.D. Gresser, D.L. Wise, D.J. Trantolo (2001) - Versatility of biodegradable biopolymers: Degradability and an in vivo application, Journal of Biotechnology 86, 135-150
[99] W.L. Jin, X.L. Phung, B. Kim, G. Lim, D.W. Cho (2008) - Fabrication and characteristic analysis of a poly(propylene fumarate) scaffold using micro-stereolithography technology, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part B Applied Biomaterials 87, 1-9
[100] P.X. Lan, J.W. Lee, Y.J. Seol, D.W. Cho (2009) - Development of 3D PPF/DEF scaffolds using micro-stereolithography and surface modification, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 20, 271-279
[101] A.S. Mistry, S.H. Cheng, T. Yeh, E. Christenson, J.A. Jansen, A.G. Mikos (2009) - Fabrication and in vitro degradation of porous fumarate-based polymer/alumoxane nanocomposite scaffolds for bone tissue engineering, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 89, 68-79
-210-
[102] A.S. Mistry, Q.P. Pham, C. Schouten, T. Yeh, E.M. Christenson, A.G. Mikos, J.A. Jansen (2010) - In vivo bone biocompatibility and degradation of porous fumarate-based polymer/alumoxane nanocomposites for bone tissue engineering, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 92, 451-462
[103] L.S. Nair, C.T. Laurencin (2007) - Biodegradable polymers as biomaterials, Progress in Polymer Science 32, 762-798
[104] S. Woerly, R. Marchand, G. Lavallee (1990) - Intracerebral implantation of synthetic polymer/biopolymer matrix: A new perspective for brain repair, Biomaterials 11, 97-107
[105] I. Slobodian, D. Krassioukov-Enns, M.R. Del Bigio (2007) - Protein and synthetic polymer injection for induction of obstructive hydrocephalus in rats, Cerebrospinal Fluid Research 4,
[106] J.N. Li, C.L. Zhao, F. Zhang, X.N. Zhang (2008) - Advanced progress of biodegradable composite scaffold materials for bone tissue engineering, Journal of Clinical Rehabilitative Tissue Engineering Research 12, 3689-3692
[107] M. Griffith, M. Hakim, S. Shimmura, M.A. Watsky, F. Li, D. Carlsson, C.J. Doillon, M. Nakamura, E. Suuronen, N. Shinozaki, K. Nakata, H. Sheardown (2002) - Artificial human corneas: Scaffolds for transplantation and host regeneration, Cornea 21,
[108] D.J. Trantolo, S.T. Sonis, B.M.J. Thompson, D.L. Wise, K.U. Lewandrowski, D.D. Hile (2003) - Evaluation of a porous, biodegradable biopolymer scaffold for mandibular reconstruction, International Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Implants 18, 182-188
[109] V.S. Lin, M.C. Lee, S. O'Neal, J. McKean, K.L. Paul Sung (1999) - Ligament tissue engineering using synthetic biodegradable fiber scaffolds, Tissue Engineering 5, 443-451
[110] K. Seunarine, N. Gadegaard, M. Tormen, D.O. Meredith, M.O. Riehle, C.D. Wilkinson (2006) - 3D polymer scaffolds for tissue engineering, Nanomedicine (London, England) 1, 281-296
[111] K. Katoh, T. Tanabe, K. Yamauchi (2004) - Novel approach to fabricate keratin sponge scaffolds with controlled pore size and porosity, Biomaterials 25, 4255-4262
[112] L.E. Freed, J.C. Marquis, A. Nohria, J. Emmanual, A.G. Mikos, R. Langer (1993) - Neocartilage formation in vitro and in vivo using cells cultured on synthetic biodegradable polymers, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 27, 11-23
[113] Y. Gong, Q. Zhou, C. Gao, J. Shen (2007) - In vitro and in vivo degradability and cytocompatibility of poly(l-lactic acid) scaffold fabricated by a gelatin particle leaching method, Acta Biomaterialia 3, 531-540
[114] A.G. Mikos, A.J. Thorsen, L.A. Czerwonka, Y. Bao, R. Langer, D.N. Winslow, J.P. Vacanti (1994) - Preparation and characterization of poly(l-lactic acid) foams, Polymer 35, 1068-1077
[115] A.G. Mikos, G. Sarakinos, S.M. Leite, J.P. Vacanti, R. Langer (1993) - Laminated three-dimensional biodegradable foams for use in tissue engineering, Biomaterials 14, 323-330
-211-
[116] D.W. Hutmacher (2000) - Scaffolds in tissue engineering bone and cartilage, Biomaterials 21, 2529-2543
[117] V.P. Shastri, I. Martin, R. Langer (2000) - Macroporous polymer foams by hydrocarbon templating, Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America 97, 1970-1975
[118] L.E. Freed, G. Vunjak-Novakovic, R.J. Biron, D.B. Eagles, D.C. Lesnoy, S.K. Barlow (1994) - Biodegradable polymer scaffolds for tissue engineering, Nature Biotechnology 12, 689-693
[119] S. Kelch, A. Lendlein, A. Mullen, U. Ridder (2003) - Textile polymer scaffolds for tissue engineering, Technische Textilien 46,
[120] E. Karamuk, J. Mayer, U. Ridder (2004) - Tissue engineered composite of a woven fabric scaffold with tendon cells, response on mechanical simulation in vitro, Composite Science and Technology 64, 885-891
[121] F.T. Moutos, L.E. Freed, F. Guilak (2007) - A biomimetic three-dimensional woven composite scaffold for functional tissue engineering of cartilage, Nature Materials 6, 162-167
[122] E. Wintermantel, J. Mayer, J. Blum, K.L. Eckert, P. Lüscher, M. Mathey (1996) - Tissue engineering scaffolds using superstructures, Biomaterials 17, 83-91
[123] R. Smeets, A. Bozkurt, M. Sri Harwoko, U. Wiesemann, C. Apel, F. Budillon (2005) - Warp-knitted textiles as cell-carrier substrates in tissue engineering, Kettenwirk-Praxis 3, 27-29
[124] J. Boublik, H. Park, M. Radisic, E. Tognana, F. Chen, M. Pei (2005) - Mechanical properties and remodeling of hybrid cardiac constructs made from heart cells, fibrin, and biodegradable, elastomeric knitted fabric, Tissue Engineering 11, 1122-1132
[125] Y. Li, T. Ma, S.T. Yang, D.A. Kniss (2001) - Thermal compression and characterization of three-dimensional nonwoven PET matrices as tissue engineering scaffolds, Biomaterials 22, 609-618
[126] I. Dal Pra, A. Chiarini, A. Boschi, G. Freddi, U. Armato (2006) - Novel dermo-epidermal equivalents on silk fibroin-based formic acid-crosslinked three-dimensional nonwoven devices with prospective applications in human tissue engineering/regeneration/repair, International journal of molecular medicine 18, 241-247
[127] T. Ma, Y. Li, S.T. Yang, D.A. Kniss (1999) - Tissue engineering human placenta trophoblast cells in 3-D fibrous matrix: Spatial effects on cell proliferation and function, Biotechnology Progress 15, 715-724
[128] T. Sun, D. Norton, R.J. McKean, J.W. Haycock, A.J. Ryan, S. MacNeil (2007) - Development of a 3D cell culture system for investigating cell interactions with electrospun fibers, Biotechnology and Bioengineering 97, 1318-1328
[129] Z.M. Huang, Y.Z. Zhang, M. Kotaki, S. Ramakrishna (2003) - A review on polymer nanofibers by electrospinning and their applications in nanocomposites, Composites Science and Technology 63, 2223-2253
[130] T. Lin, H. Wang, X. Wang (2005) - Self-crimping bicomponent nanofibers electrospun from polyacrylonitrile and elastomeric polyurethane, Advanced Materials 17, 2699-2703
-212-
[131] Z. Sun, E. Zussman, A.L. Yarin, J.H. Wendorff, A. Greiner (2003) - Compound Core-Shell Polymer Nanofibers by Co-Electrospinning, Advanced Materials 15, 1929-1932
[132] D. Li, Y. Xia (2004) - Direct fabrication of composite and ceramic hollow nanofibers by electrospinning, Nano Letters 4, 933-938
[133] Z. Ma, W. He, T. Yong, S. Ramakrishna (2005) - Grafting of gelatin on electrospun poly(caprolactone) nanofibers to improve endothelial cell spreading and proliferation and to control cell orientation, Tissue Engineering 11, 1149-1158
[134] S. Panseri, C. Cunha, J. Lowery, U. Del Carro, F. Taraballi, S. Amadio, A. Vescovi, F. Gelain (2008) - Electrospun micro- and nanofiber tubes for functional nervous regeneration in sciatic nerve transections, BMC Biotechnology 8,
[135] W. Wang, S. Itoh, A. Matsuda, S. Ichinose, K. Shinomiya, Y. Hata, J. Tanaka (2008) - Influences of mechanical properties and permeability on chitosan nano/microfiber mesh tubes as a scaffold for nerve regeneration, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 84, 557-566
[136] N. Khanam, C. Mikoryak, R.K. Draper, K.J. Balkus Jr (2007) - Electrospun linear polyethyleneimine scaffolds for cell growth, Acta Biomaterialia 3, 1050-1059
[137] W. Wang, S. Itoh, A. Matsuda, T. Aizawa, M. Demura, S. Ichinose, K. Shinomiya, J. Tanaka (2008) - Enhanced nerve regeneration through a bilayered chitosan tube: The effect of introduction of glycine spacer into the CYIGSR sequence, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 85, 919-928
[138] S. Srouji, T. Kizhner, E. Suss-Tobi, E. Livne, E. Zussman (2008) - 3-D Nanofibrous electrospun multilayered construct is an alternative ECM mimicking scaffold, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 19, 1249-1255
[139] Y.H. Lee, J.H. Lee, I.G. An, C. Kim, D.S. Lee, Y.K. Lee, J.D. Nam (2005) - Electrospun dual-porosity structure and biodegradation morphology of Montmorillonite reinforced PLLA nanocomposite scaffolds, Biomaterials 26, 3165-3172
[140] X. Yang, J.D. Shah, H. Wang (2009) - Nanofiber enabled layer-by-layer approach toward three-dimensional tissue formation, Tissue Engineering - Part A 15, 945-956
[141] Y.S. Nam, T.G. Park (1999) - Biodegradable polymeric microcellular foams by modified thermally induced phase separation method, Biomaterials 20, 1783-1790
[142] X. Liu, L.A. Smith, J. Hu, P.X. Ma (2009) - Biomimetic nanofibrous gelatin/apatite composite scaffolds for bone tissue engineering, Biomaterials 30, 2252-2258
[143] X. Liu, P.X. Ma (2009) - Phase separation, pore structure, and properties of nanofibrous gelatin scaffolds, Biomaterials 30, 4094-4103
[144] J.S. Chen, S.L. Tu, R.Y. Tsay (2010) - A morphological study of porous polylactide scaffolds prepared by thermally induced phase separation, Journal of the Taiwan Institute of Chemical Engineers 41, 229-238
-213-
[145] C. Schugens, V. Maquet, C. Grandfils, R. Jerome, P. Teyssie (1996) - Polylactide macroporous biodegradable implants for cell transplantation. II. Preparation of polylactide foams by liquid-liquid phase separation, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 30, 449-461
[146] L. He, Y. Zhang, X. Zeng, D. Quan, S. Liao, Y. Zeng, J. Lu, S. Ramakrishna (2009) - Fabrication and characterization of poly(l-lactic acid) 3D nanofibrous scaffolds with controlled architecture by liquid-liquid phase separation from a ternary polymer-solvent system, Polymer 50, 4128-4138
[147] A.G. Mikos, J.S. Temenoff (2000) - Formation of highly porous biodegradable scaffolds for tissue engineering, Electronic Journal of Biotechnology 3, 114-119
[148] D.J. Mooney, D.F. Baldwin, N.P. Suh, J.P. Vacanti, R. Langer (1996) - Novel approach to fabricate porous sponges of poly(D,L-lactic-co-glycolic acid) without the use of organic solvents, Biomaterials 17, 1417-1422
[149] Y.S. Nam, J.J. Yoon, T.G. Park (2000) - A novel fabrication method of macroporous biodegradable polymer scaffolds using gas foaming salt as a porogen additive, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 53, 1-7
[150] P.A.M. Lips, I.W. Velthoen, P.J. Dijkstra, M. Wessling, J. Feijen (2005) - Gas foaming of segmented poly(ester amide) films, Polymer 46, 9396-9403
[151] L.D. Harris, B.S. Kim, D.J. Mooney (1998) - Open pore biodegradable matrices formed with gas foaming, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 42, 396-402
[152] S.M. Peltola, F.P.W. Melchels, D.W. Grijpma, M. Kellomäki (2008) - A review of rapid prototyping techniques for tissue engineering purposes, Annals of Medicine 40, 268-280
[153] D.W. Hutmacher, M. Sittinger, M.V. Risbud (2004) - Scaffold-based tissue engineering: rationale for computer-aided design and solid free-form fabrication systems, Trends in biotechnology 22, 354-362
[154] K.F. Leong, C.M. Cheah, C.K. Chua (2003) - Solid freeform fabrication of three-dimensional scaffolds for engineering replacement tissues and organs, Biomaterials 24, 2363-2378
[155] W.Y. Yeong, C.K. Chua, K.F. Leong, M. Chandrasekaran (2004) - Rapid prototyping in tissue engineering: Challenges and potential, Trends in biotechnology 22, 643-652
[156] S. Yang, K.F. Leong, Z. Du, C.K. Chua (2002) - The design of scaffolds for use in tissue engineering. Part II. Rapid prototyping techniques, Tissue Engineering 8, 1-11
[157] M. Lee, J.C.Y. Dunn, B.M. Wu (2005) - Scaffold fabrication by indirect three-dimensional printing, Biomaterials 26, 4281-4289
[158] C.Z. Liu, E. Sachlos, D.A. Wahl, Z.W. Han, J.T. Czernuszka (2007) - On the manufacturability of scaffold mould using a 3D printing technology, Rapid Prototyping Journal 13, 163-174
-214-
[159] H. Liu, T.J. Webster (2007) - Favored osteoblast interactions with aerosol printed 3D nano-to-macro hierarchical architectures: The promise of nanocomposites as orthopedic prostheses,
[160] J.M. Taboas, R.D. Maddox, P.H. Krebsbach, S.J. Hollister (2003) - Indirect solid free form fabrication of local and global porous, biomimetic and composite 3D polymer-ceramic scaffolds, Biomaterials 24, 181-194
[161] K.Y. Lee, D.J. Mooney (2001) - Hydrogels for tissue engineering, Chemical Reviews 101, 1869-1879
[162] A.S. Hoffman (2002) - Hydrogels for biomedical applications, Advanced Drug Delivery Reviews 54, 3-12
[163] R.A. Barry Iii, R.F. Shepherd, J.N. Hanson, R.G. Nuzzo, P. Wiltzius, J.A. Lewis (2009) - Direct-write assembly of 3D hydrogel scaffolds for guided cell growth, Advanced Materials 21, 2407-2410
[164] H.J. Lee, J.S. Lee, T. Chansakul, C. Yu, J.H. Elisseeff, S.M. Yu (2006) - Collagen mimetic peptide-conjugated photopolymerizable PEG hydrogel, Biomaterials 27, 5268-5276
[165] Y.D. Park, N. Tirelli, J.A. Hubbell (2003) - Photopolymerized hyaluronic acid-based hydrogels and interpenetrating networks, Biomaterials 24, 893-900
[166] T.J. Sanborn, P.B. Messersmith, A.E. Barron (2002) - In situ crosslinking of a biomimetic peptide-PEG hydrogel via thermally triggered activation of factor XIII, Biomaterials 23, 2703-2710
[167] M. Gumusderelioglu, I.U. Topal (2005) - Vinyl ether/acrylic acid terpolymer hydrogels synthesized by γ-radiation: Characterization, thermosensitivity and pH-sensitivity, Radiation Physics and Chemistry 73, 272-279
[168] Y. Liu, M.B. Chan-Park (2010) - A biomimetic hydrogel based on methacrylated dextran-graft-lysine and gelatin for 3D smooth muscle cell culture, Biomaterials 31, 1158-1170
[169] J.S. Temenoff, A.G. Mikos (2000) - Injectable biodegradable materials for orthopedic tissue engineering, Biomaterials 21, 2405-2412
[170] A.N. Buxton, J. Zhu, R. Marchant, J.L. West, J.U. Yoo, B. Johnstone (2007) - Design and characterization of poly(ethylene glycol) photopolymerizable semi-interpenetrating networks for chondrogenesis of human mesenchymal stem cells, Tissue Engineering 13, 2549-2560
[171] M. Hahn, M. McHale, E. Wang, R. Schmedlen, J. West (2007) - Physiologic Pulsatile Flow Bioreactor Conditioning of Poly(ethylene glycol)-based Tissue Engineered Vascular Grafts, Annals of Biomedical Engineering 35, 190-200
[172] J.M. Orban, L.B. Wilson, J.A. Kofroth, M.S. El-Kurdi, T.M. Maul, D.A. Vorp (2004) - Crosslinking of collagen gels by transglutaminase, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 68, 756-762
[173] R. Chen, J.A. Hunt (2007) - Biomimetic materials processing for tissue-engineering processes, Journal of Materials Chemistry 17, 3974-3979
[174] C.R. Lee, A.J. Grodzinsky, M. Spector (2001) - The effects of cross-linking of collagen-glycosaminoglycan scaffolds on compressive
-215-
stiffness, chondrocyte-mediated contraction, proliferation and biosynthesis, Biomaterials 22, 3145-3154
[175] S.N. Park, J.C. Park, H.O. Kim, M.J. Song, H. Suh (2002) - Characterization of porous collagen/hyaluronic acid scaffold modified by 1-ethyl-3-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)carbodiimide cross-linking, Biomaterials 23, 1205-1212
[176] B.R. Ringeisen, C.M. Othon, J.A. Barron, D. Young, B.J. Spargo (2006) - Jet-based methods to print living cells, Biotechnology journal 1, 930-948
[177] T. Boland, V. Mironov, A. Gutowska, E.A. Roth, R.R. Markwald (2003) - Cell and organ printing 2: Fusion of cell aggregates in three-dimensional gels, Anatomical Record - Part A Discoveries in Molecular, Cellular, and Evolutionary Biology 272, 497-502
[178] V. Mironov, T. Boland, T. Trusk, G. Forgacs, R.R. Markwald (2003) - Organ printing: Computer-aided jet-based 3D tissue engineering, Trends in biotechnology 21, 157-161
[179] W.C. Wilson Jr, T. Boland (2003) - Cell and organ printing 1: Protein and cell printers, Anatomical Record - Part A Discoveries in Molecular, Cellular, and Evolutionary Biology 272, 491-496
[180] R. Landers, U. Hübner, R. Schmelzeisen, R. Mülhaupt (2002) - Rapid prototyping of scaffolds derived from thermoreversible hydrogels and tailored for applications in tissue engineering, Biomaterials 23, 4437-4447
[181] B. Jeong, A. Gutowska (2002) - Lessons from nature: Stimuli-responsive polymers and their biomedical applications, Trends in biotechnology 20, 305-311
[182] C.M. Othon, X. Wu, J.J. Anders, B.R. Ringeisen (2008) - Single-cell printing to form three-dimensional lines of olfactory ensheathing cells, Biomedical Materials 3,
[183] N.R. Schiele, R.A. Koppes, D.T. Corr, K.S. Ellison, D.M. Thompson, L.A. Ligon, T.K.M. Lippert, D.B. Chrisey (2009) - Laser direct writing of combinatorial libraries of idealized cellular constructs: Biomedical applications, Applied Surface Science 255, 5444-5447
[184] K. Seunarine, D.O. Meredith, M.O. Riehle, C.D.W. Wilkinson, N. Gadegaard (2008) - Biodegradable polymer tubes with lithographically controlled 3D micro- and nanotopography, Microelectronic Engineering 85, 1350-1354
[185] S.H. Park, T.G. Kim, H.C. Kim, D.Y. Yang, T.G. Park (2008) - Development of dual scale scaffolds via direct polymer melt deposition and electrospinning for applications in tissue regeneration, Acta Biomaterialia 4, 1198-1207
[186] G. Kim, J. Son, S. Park, W. Kim (2008) - Hybrid process for fabricating 3D hierarchical scaffolds combining rapid prototyping and electrospinning, Macromolecular Rapid Communications 29, 1577-1581
[187] S.J. Kim, D.H. Jang, W.H. Park, B.M. Min (2010) - Fabrication and characterization of 3-dimensional PLGA nanofiber/microfiber composite scaffolds, Polymer 51, 1320-1327
-216-
[188] W.E. Teo, S. Liao, C.K. Chan, S. Ramakrishna (2008) - Remodeling of three-dimensional hierarchically organized nanofibrous assemblies, Current Nanoscience 4, 361-369
[189] W. Dai, N. Kawazoe, X. Lin, J. Dong, G. Chen (2010) - The influence of structural design of PLGA/collagen hybrid scaffolds in cartilage tissue engineering, Biomaterials 31, 2141-2152
[190] A. Salerno, D. Guarnieri, M. Iannone, S. Zeppetelli, E. Di Maio, S. Iannace, P.A. Netti (2009) - Engineered [mu]-bimodal poly([epsilon]-caprolactone) porous scaffold for enhanced hMSC colonization and proliferation, Acta Biomaterialia 5, 1082-1093
[191] http://ec.europa.eu/health/files/advtherapies/docs/memo-05-429_en.pdf -
[192] X. Chen, Y.Y. Qi, L.L. Wang, Z. Yin, G.L. Yin, X.H. Zou, H.W. Ouyang (2008) - Ligament regeneration using a knitted silk scaffold combined with collagen matrix, Biomaterials 29, 3683-3692
[193] C.H. Park, H.F. Rios, Q. Jin, M.E. Bland, C.L. Flanagan, S.J. Hollister, W.V. Giannobile (2010) - Biomimetic hybrid scaffolds for engineering human tooth-ligament interfaces, Biomaterials 31, 5945-5952
[194] E. Karamuk, J. Mayer, E. Wintermantel, T. Akaike (1999) - Partially degradable film/fabric composites: Textile scaffolds for liver cell culture, Artificial Organs 23, 881-884
[195] B.C.U. Tai, C. Du, S. Gao, A.C.A. Wan, J.Y. Ying (2010) - The use of a polyelectrolyte fibrous scaffold to deliver differentiated hMSCs to the liver, Biomaterials 31, 48-57
[196] S. Sahoo, H. Ouyang, C.H. James, T.E. Tay, S.L. Toh (2006) - Characterization of a novel polymeric scaffold for potential application in tendon/ligament tissue engineering, Tissue Engineering 12, 91-99
[197] H.W. Ouyang, J.C.H. Goh, A. Thambyah, S.H. Teoh, E.H. Lee (2003) - Knitted poly-lactide-co-glycolide scaffold loaded with bone marrow stromal cells in repair and regeneration of rabbit achilles tendon, Tissue Engineering 9, 431-439
[198] H. Liao, G.Q. Zhou (2009) - Development and progress of engineering of skeletal muscle tissue, Tissue Engineering - Part B: Reviews 15, 319-331
[199] C.J. Bettinger, J.P. Bruggeman, A. Misra, J.T. Borenstein, R. Langer (2009) - Biocompatibility of biodegradable semiconducting melanin films for nerve tissue engineering, Biomaterials 30, 3050-3057
[200] A.J. Almarza, K.A. Athanasiou (2004) - Seeding techniques and scaffolding choice for tissue engineering of the temporomandibular joint disk, Tissue Engineering 10, 1787-1795
[201] M.S. Detamore, K.A. Athanasiou (2005) - Use of a rotating bioreactor toward tissue engineering the temporomandibular joint disc, Tissue Engineering 11, 1188-1197
[202] F. Oberpenning, J. Meng, J.J. Yoo, A. Atala (1999) - De novo reconstitution of a functional mammalian urinary bladder by tissue engineering, Nature Biotechnology 17, 149-155
-217-
[203] M.A. Pattison, S. Wurster, T.J. Webster, K.M. Haberstroh (2005) - Three-dimensional, nano-structured PLGA scaffolds for bladder tissue replacement applications, Biomaterials 26, 2491-2500
[204] R. Gauvin, T. Ahsan, D. Larouche, P. Lévesque, J. Dubé, F.A. Auger, R.M. Nerem, L. Germain (2010) - A novel single-step self-assembly approach for the fabrication of tissue-engineered vascular constructs, Tissue Engineering - Part A 16, 1737-1747
[205] Y.M. Ju, J.S. Choi, A. Atala, J.J. Yoo, S.J. Lee (2010) - Bilayered scaffold for engineering cellularized blood vessels, Biomaterials 31, 4313-4321
[206] Z. Ma, M. Kotaki, T. Yong, W. He, S. Ramakrishna (2005) - Surface engineering of electrospun polyethylene terephthalate (PET) nanofibers towards development of a new material for blood vessel engineering, Biomaterials 26, 2527-2536
[207] C.Y. Xu, R. Inai, M. Kotaki, S. Ramakrishna (2004) - Aligned biodegradable nanofibrous structure: A potential scaffold for blood vessel engineering, Biomaterials 25, 877-886
[208] A.I. Teixeira, G.A. McKie, J.D. Foley, P.J. Bertics, P.F. Nealey, C.J. Murphy (2006) - The effect of environmental factors on the response of human corneal epithelial cells to nanoscale substrate topography, Biomaterials 27, 3945-3954
[209] B.D. Lawrence, J.K. Marchant, M.A. Pindrus, F.G. Omenetto, D.L. Kaplan (2009) - Silk film biomaterials for cornea tissue engineering, Biomaterials 30, 1299-1308
[210] D. Green, D. Walsh, S. Mann, R.O.C. Oreffo (2002) - The potential of biomimesis in bone tissue engineering: Lessons from the design and synthesis of invertebrate skeletons, Bone 30, 810-815
[211] N.E. Fedorovich, J.R. De Wijn, A.J. Verbout, J. Alblas, W.J.A. Dhert (2008) - Three-dimensional fiber deposition of cell-laden, viable, patterned constructs for bone tissue printing, Tissue Engineering - Part A. 14, 127-133
[212] G. Balasundaram, T.J. Webster (2007) - An overview of nano-polymers for orthopedic applications, Macromolecular Bioscience 7, 635-642
[213] Y. Tatekawa, N. Kawazoe, G. Chen, Y. Shirasaki, H. Komuro, M. Kaneko (2010) - Tracheal defect repair using a PLGA-collagen hybrid scaffold reinforced by a copolymer stent with bFGF-impregnated gelatin hydrogel, Pediatric Surgery International 26, 575-580
[214] C. Rentsch, B. Rentsch, A. Breier, K. Spekl, R. Jung, S. Manthey, D. Scharnweber, H. Zwipp, A. Biewener (2010) - Long-bone critical-size defects treated with tissue-engineered polycaprolactone-co-lactide scaffolds: A pilot study on rats, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 95, 964-972
[215] J.W. Freeman, M.D. Woods, C.T. Laurencin (2007) - Tissue engineering of the anterior cruciate ligament using a braid-twist scaffold design, Journal of Biomechanics 40, 2029-2036
[216] E.A. Vaughn (1997) - Principles of woven, knitted, and nonwoven fabric formation, 27th Clemson Nonwoven Fabrics Forum - Clemson, SC, USA, June 1996
-218-
[217] F.T. Moutos, F. Guilak (2010) - Functional properties of cell-seeded three-dimensionally woven poly(ε-Caprolactone) scaffolds for cartilage tissue engineering, Tissue Engineering - Part A 16, 1291-1301
[218] J.L. Koh, Z. Szomor, G.A.C. Murrell, R.F. Warren (2002) - Supplementation of rotator cuff repair with a bioresorbable scaffold, American Journal of Sports Medicine 30, 410-413
[219] K.A. Derwin, M.J. Codsi, R.A. Milks, A.R. Baker, J.A. McCarron, J.P. Iannotti (2009) - Rotator cuff repair augmentation in a canine model with use of a woven poly-L-lactide device, Journal of Bone and Joint Surgery - Series A 91, 1159-1171
[220] D.A. Cooley (1989) - Ventricular endoaneurysmorrhaphy. Results of an improved method of repair, Texas Heart Institute Journal 16, 72-75
[221] A. Inui, T. Kokubu, T. Makino, I. Nagura, N. Toyokawa, R. Sakata, M. Kotera, T. Nishino, H. Fujioka, M. Kurosaka (2010) - Potency of double-layered Poly L-lactic Acid scaffold in tissue engineering of tendon tissue, International Orthopaedics 34, 1327-1332
[222] M.S. Dadkhah, B.N. Cox, W.L. Morris (1995) - Compression-compression fatigue of 3D woven composites, Acta Metallurgica et Materialia 43, 4235-4245
[223] P.J. Callus, A.P. Mouritz, M.K. Bannister, K.H. Leong (1999) - Tensile properties and failure mechanisms of 3D woven GRP composites, Composites Part A: Applied Science and Manufacturing 30, 1277-1287
[224] B. Gupta, N. Revagade (2009) - Development and structural evaluation of poly(lactic acid) based knitted scaffold for human urinary bladder reconstruction, Indian Journal of Fibre and Textile Research 34, 115-121
[225] S. Koch, T.C. Flanagan, J.S. Sachweh, F. Tanios, H. Schnoering, T. Deichmann, V. Ellä, M. Kellomäki, N. Gronloh, T. Gries, R. Tolba, T. Schmitz-Rode, S. Jockenhoevel (2010) - Fibrin-polylactide-based tissue-engineered vascular graft in the arterial circulation, Biomaterials 31, 4731-4739
[226] H.W. Ouyang, S.L. Toh, J. Goh, T.E. Tay, K. Moe (2005) - Assembly of bone marrow stromal cell sheets with knitted poly (L-lactide) scaffold for engineering ligament analogs, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part B Applied Biomaterials 75, 264-271
[227] H. Liu, H. Fan, Y. Wang, S.L. Toh, J.C.H. Goh (2008) - The interaction between a combined knitted silk scaffold and microporous silk sponge with human mesenchymal stem cells for ligament tissue engineering, Biomaterials 29, 662-674
[228] C.K. Colton (1995) - Implantable biohybrid artificial organs, Cell Transplantation 4, 415-436
[229] P. Thevenot, A. Nair, J. Dey, J. Yang, L. Tang (2008) - Method to analyze three-dimensional cell distribution and infiltration in degradable scaffolds, Tissue Engineering - Part C: Methods 14, 319-331
[230] X.H. Zou, Y.L. Zhi, X. Chen, H.M. Jin, L.L. Wang, Y.Z. Jiang, Z. Yin, H.W. Ouyang (2010) - Mesenchymal stem cell seeded knitted silk sling
-219-
for the treatment of stress urinary incontinence, Biomaterials 31, 4872-4879
[231] F. Pu, N.P. Rhodes, Y. Bayon, R. Chen, G. Brans, R. Benne, J.A. Hunt (2010) - The use of flow perfusion culture and subcutaneous implantation with fibroblast-seeded PLLA-collagen 3D scaffolds for abdominal wall repair, Biomaterials 31, 4330-4340
[232] S. Gundy, G. Manning, E. O'Connell, V. Ellä, M.S. Harwoko, Y. Rochev, T. Smith, V. Barron (2008) - Human coronary artery smooth muscle cell response to a novel PLA textile/fibrin gel composite scaffold, Acta Biomaterialia 4, 1734-1744
[233] M. Van Lieshout, G. Peters, M. Rutten, F. Baaijens (2006) - A knitted, fibrin-covered polycaprolactone scaffold for tissue engineering of the aortic valve, Tissue Engineering 12, 481-487
[234] H. Yanagida, M. Okada, M. Masuda, M. Ueki, I. Narama, S. Kitao, Y. Koyama, T. Furuzono, K. Takakuda (2009) - Cell adhesion and tissue response to hydroxyapatite nanocrystal-coated poly(l-lactic acid) fabric, Journal of Bioscience and Bioengineering 108, 235-243
[235] E.S. Nuwayser, S. Bonacci, J. Knudsen, R. Tuelings, S. Davis. (1969) - Research on materials compatible with blood, In Processing Artificial Heart Program Conference 153-168
[236] C.A. Vacanti, R. Langer, B. Schloo, J.P. Vacanti (1991) - Synthetic polymers seeded with chondrocytes provide a template for new cartilage formation, Plastic and Reconstructive Surgery 88, 753-759
[237] M.Y. Jen, T.L. Hao (2004) - Properties of chitosan containing PP-g-AA-g-NIPAAm bigraft nonwoven fabric for wound dressing, Journal of Membrane Science 243, 1-7
[238] C.C. Wang, C.H. Su, C.C. Chen (2008) - Water absorbing and antibacterial properties of N-isopropyl acrylamide grafted and collagen/chitosan immobilized polypropylene nonwoven fabric and its application on wound healing enhancement, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 84, 1006-1017
[239] W.C. Puelacher, J.P. Vacanti, N.F. Ferraro, B. Schloo, C.A. Vacanti (1996) - Femoral shaft reconstruction using tissue-engineered growth of bone, International Journal of Oral and Maxillofacial Surgery 25, 223-228
[240] P.X. Ma, R. Langer (1999) - Morphology and mechanical function of long-term in vitro engineered cartilage, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 44, 217-221
[241] P.X. Ma, B. Schloo, D. Mooney, R. Langer (1995) - Development of biomechanical properties and morphogenesis of in vitro tissue engineered cartilage, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 29, 1587-1595
[242] G. Vunjak-Novakovic, L.E. Freed, R.J. Biron, R. Langer (1996) - Effects of Mixing on the Composition and Morphology of Tissue-Engineered Cartilage, AIChE Journal 42, 850-860
[243] S.L. Edwards, W. Mitchell, J.B. Matthews, E. Ingham, S.J. Russell (2004) - Design of nonwoven scaffold structures for tissue engineering of the anterior cruciate ligament, Autex Research Journal 4, 86-94
-220-
[244] B.S. Kim, A.J. Putnam, T.J. Kulik, D.J. Mooney (1998) - Optimizing seeding and culture methods to engineer smooth muscle tissue on biodegradable polymer matrices, Biotechnology and Bioengineering 57, 46-54
[245] W.E. Burkel, R.H. Kahn (1977) - Cell lined, nonwoven microfiber scaffolds as a blood interface, The Behavior of Blood and its Components at Interfaces Vol.283, 419-437
[246] D.C. Chen, J.R. Avansino, V.G. Agopian, V.D. Hoagland, J.D. Woolman, S. Pan, B.D. Ratner, M. Stelzner (2007) - Comparison of polyester scaffolds for bioengineered intestinal mucosa, Cells Tissues Organs 184, 154-165
[247] F.W.H. Sutherland, T.E. Perry, Y. Yu, M.C. Sherwood, E. Rabkin, Y. Masuda, G.A. Garcia, D.L. McLellan, G.C. Engelmayr Jr, M.S. Sacks, F.J. Schoen, J.E. Mayer (2005) - From stem cells to viable autologous semilunar heart valve, Circulation 111, 2783-2791
[248] G.C. Engelmayr Jr, M.S. Sacks (2008) - Prediction of extracellular matrix stiffness in engineered heart valve tissues based on nonwoven scaffolds, Biomechanics and Modeling in Mechanobiology 7, 309-321
[249] W. Zhang, X. Yi, X. Sun, Y. Zhang (2008) - Surface modification of non-woven poly (ethylene terephthalate) fibrous scaffold for improving cell attachment in animal cellculture, Journal of Chemical Technology and Biotechnology 83, 904-911
[250] Y.C. Tyan, J.D. Liao, S.P. Lin, C.C. Chen (2003) - The study of the sterilization effect of gamma ray irradiation of immobilized collagen polypropylene nonwoven fabric surfaces, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 67, 1033-1043
[251] F. Cahn, T.R. Kyriakides (2008) - Generation of an artificial skin construct containing a non-degradable fiber mesh: A potential transcutaneous interface, Biomedical Materials 3,
[252] Y. Takahashi, Y. Tabata (2004) - Effect of the fiber diameter and porosity of non-woven PET fabrics on the osteogenic differentiation of mesenchymal stem cells, Journal of Biomaterials Science, Polymer Edition 15, 41-57
[253] H. Türko?lu, M. Gümü?derelio?lu (2002) - Uses of polyester fabrics modified by insulin/RGD in serum-free cell cultures, Technology and Health Care 10, 301-303
[254] S. Russell, R. Forsey, J. Cruse-Sawyer, J. Kearney, E. Ingham (2000) - Needlepunched non-resorbable matrices for tissue engineering, Technical Textiles International 9, 13-16
[255] I. Hofmann, L. Müller, P. Greil, F.A. Müller (2006) - Calcium phosphate nucleation on cellulose fabrics, Surface and Coatings Technology 201, 2392-2398
[256] F.A. Müller, L. Müller, I. Hofmann, P. Greil, M.M. Wenzel, R. Staudenmaier (2006) - Cellulose-based scaffold materials for cartilage tissue engineering, Biomaterials 27, 3955-3963
[257] D.A. Grande, C. Halberstadt, G. Naughton, R. Schwartz, R. Manji (1997) - Evaluation of matrix scaffolds for tissue engineering of
-221-
articular cartilage grafts, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 34, 211-220
[258] M.A. Slivka, C.C. Chu, I.A. Adisaputro (1997) - Fiber-matrix interface studies on bioabsorbable composite materials for internal fixation of bone fractures. I. Raw material evaluation and measurement of fiber-matrix interfacial adhesion, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 36, 469-477
[259] V.I. Sikavitsas, G.N. Bancroft, J.J. Lemoine, M.A.K. Liebschner, M. Dauner, A.G. Mikos (2005) - Flow perfusion enhances the calcified matrix deposition of marrow stromal cells in biodegradable nonwoven fiber mesh scaffolds, Annals of Biomedical Engineering 33, 63-70
[260] V. Ella, M.E. Gomes, R.L. Reis, P. To?rma?la, M. Kelloma?ki (2007) - Studies of P(L/D)LA 96/4 non-woven scaffolds and fibres; properties, wettability and cell spreading before and after intrusive treatment methods, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 18, 1253-1261
[261] J. Zwingmann, A.T. Mehlhorn, N. Su?dkamp, B. Stark, M. Dauner, H. Schmal (2007) - Chondrogenic differentiation of human articular chondrocytes differs in biodegradable PGA/PLA scaffolds, Tissue Engineering 13, 2335-2343
[262] K. Saeed, S. Haider, T.-J. Oh, S.-Y. Park (2008) - Preparation of amidoxime-modified polyacrylonitrile (PAN-oxime) nanofibers and their applications to metal ions adsorption, Journal of Membrane Science 322, 400-405
[263] C.M.A. Kadriye Tuzlakoglu, Joao F.Mano, Rui L. Reis (2004) - Production and characterization of chitosan fibers and 3-D fiber mesh scaffolds for tissue engineering applications, Macromolecular Bioscience 4, 811-819
[264] M.E. Gomes, V.I. Sikavitsas, E. Behravesh, R.L. Reis, A.G. Mikos (2003) - Effect of flow perfusion on the osteogenic differentiation of bone marrow stromal cells cultured on starch-based three-dimensional scaffolds, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 67, 87-95
[265] G. Galassi, P. Brun, M. Radice, R. Cortivo, G.F. Zanon, P. Genovese, G. Abatangelo (2000) - In vitro reconstructed dermis implanted in human wounds: Degradation studies of the HA-based supporting scaffold, Biomaterials 21, 2183-2191
[266] G. Lisignoli, N. Zini, G. Remiddi, A. Piacentini, A. Puggioli, C. Trimarchi, M. Fini, N.M. Maraldi, A. Facchini (2001) - Basic fibroblast growth factor enhances in vitro mineralization of rat bone marrow stromal cells grown on non-woven hyaluronic acid based polymer scaffold, Biomaterials 22, 2095-2105
[267] E. Milella, E. Brescia, C. Massaro, P.A. Ramires, M.R. Miglietta, V. Fiori, P. Aversa (2002) - Physico-chemical properties and degradability of non-woven hyaluronan benzylic esters as tissue engineering scaffolds, Biomaterials 23, 1053-1063
[268] A.C.A. Wan, E.K.F. Yim, I.C. Liao, C. Le Visage, K.W. Leong (2004) - Encapsulation of biologics in self-assembled fibers as biostructural
-222-
units for tissue engineering, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 71, 586-595
[269] K. Hemmrich, J. Salber, M. Meersch, U. Wiesemann, T. Gries, N. Pallua, D. Klee (2008) - Three-dimensional nonwoven scaffolds from a novel biodegradable poly(ester amide) for tissue engineering applications, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 19, 257-267
[270] K. Hemmrich, M. Meersch, U. Wiesemann, J. Salber, D. Klee, T. Gries, N. Pallua (2006) - Polyesteramide-derived nonwovens as innovative degradable matrices support preadipocyte adhesion, proliferation, and differentiation, Tissue Engineering 12, 3557-3565
[271] M. Wollenweber, H. Domaschke, T. Hanke, S. Boxberger, G. Schmack, K. Gliesche, D. Scharnweber, H. Worch (2006) - Mimicked bioartificial matrix containing chondroitin sulphate on a textile scaffold of poly(3-hydroxybutyrate) alters the differentiation of adult human mesenchymal stem cells, Tissue Engineering 12, 345-359
[272] N.J. Turner, C.M. Kielty, M.G. Walker, A.E. Canfield (2004) - A novel hyaluronan-based biomaterial (Hyaff-11<sup>®</sup>) as a scaffold for endothelial cells in tissue engineered vascular grafts, Biomaterials 25, 5955-5964
[273] S. Basu, S.T. Yang (2005) - Astrocyte growth and glial cell line-derived neurotrophic factor secretion in three-dimensional polyethylene terephthalate fibrous matrices, Tissue Engineering 11, 940-952
[274] B.C. Mehta, D.W. Holman, D.M. Grzybowski, J.J. Chalmers (2007) - Characterization of arachnoidal cells cultured on three-dimensional nonwoven PET matrix, Tissue Engineering 13, 1269-1279
[275] J. Gao, L. Niklason, R. Langer (1998) - Surface hydrolysis of poly(glycolic acid) meshes increases the seeding density of vascular smooth muscle cells, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 42, 417-424
[276] E. Aslankaraog?lu, M. Gumusderelioglu, S.I. Gu?rhan (2003) - Hybridoma cells immobilized on nonwoven polyester fabric discs: Proliferation and monoclonal antibody production in stationary culture, Journal of Biomaterials Applications 18, 137-148
[277] M. Gümüşderelioǧlu, H. Türkoǧlu (2002) - Biomodification of non-woven polyester fabrics by insulin and RGD for use in serum-free cultivation of tissue cells, Biomaterials 23, 3927-3935
[278] H. Türko?lu ?a?mazel, S. Aday, M. Gümü?derelio?lu (2007) - Insulin and heparin co-immobilized 3D polyester fabrics for the cultivation of fibroblasts in low-serum media, International Journal of Biological Macromolecules 41, 338-345
[279] J.P. Chen, Y.P. Chiang (2006) - Surface modification of non-woven fabric by DC pulsed plasma treatment and graft polymerization with acrylic acid, Journal of Membrane Science 270, 212-220
[280] S. Biltresse, M. Attolini, J. Marchand-Brynaert (2005) - Cell adhesive PET membranes by surface grafting of RGD peptidomimetics, Biomaterials 26, 4576-4587
-223-
[281] T. Okamoto, M. Takagi, T. Soma, H. Ogawa, M. Kawakami, M. Mukubo, K. Kubo, R. Sato, K. Toma, T. Yoshida (2004) - Effect of heparin addition on expansion of cord blood hematopoietic progenitor cells in three-dimensional coculture with stromal cells in nonwoven fabrics, Journal of Artificial Organs 7, 194-202
[282] G. Çetinkaya, H. Türkoǧlu, S. Arat, H. Odaman, M.A. Onur, M. Gumusderelioglu, A. Tümer (2007) - LIF-immobilized nonwoven polyester fabrics for cultivation of murine embryonic stem cells, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 81, 911-919
[283] R. Schmelzeisen, R. Shimming, M. Sittinger (2003) - Making bone: Implant insertion into tissue-engineered bone for maxillary sinus floor augmentation - A preliminary report, Journal of Cranio-Maxillofacial Surgery 31, 34-39
[284] M. Wagner, N. Kiapur, M. Wiedmann-Al-Ahmad, U. Hübner, A. Al-Ahmad, R. Schön, R. Schmelzeisen, R. Mülhaupt, N.C. Gellrich (2007) - Comparative in vitro study of the cell proliferation of ovine and human osteoblast-like cells on conventionally and rapid prototyping produced scaffolds tailored for application as potential bone replacement material, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 83, 1154-1164
[285] K. Yasuda, S. Inoue, Y. Tabata (2004) - Influence of culture method on the proliferation and osteogenic differentiation of human adipo-stromal cells in nonwoven fabrics, Tissue Engineering 10, 1587-1596
[286] T. Roey, L. Shulamit, Z. Eyal (2009) - Nonwoven Structure and Method of Fabricating the Same, U.S.
[287] I. Pashkuleva, P.M. López-Pérez, H.S. Azevedo, R.L. Reis (2010) - Highly porous and interconnected starch-based scaffolds: Production, characterization and surface modification, Materials Science and Engineering C 30, 981-989
[288] N. Ichinohe, T. Takamoto, Y. Tabata (2008) - Proliferation, osteogenic differentiation, and distribution of rat bone marrow stromal cells in nonwoven fabrics by different culture methods, Tissue Engineering - Part A. 14, 107-116
[289] C.K. Yeung, L. Lauer, A. Offenhäusser, W. Knoll (2001) - Modulation of the growth and guidance of rat brain stem neurons using patterned extracellular matrix proteins, Neuroscience Letters 301, 147-150
[290] C. Oakley, D.M. Brunette (1993) - The sequence of alignment of microtubules, focal contacts and actin filaments in fibroblasts spreading on smooth and grooved titanium substrata, Journal of Cell Science 106, 343-354
[291] G.A. Dunn, A.F. Brown (1986) - Alignment of fibroblasts on grooved surfaces described by a simple geometric transformation, Journal of Cell Science 83, 313-340
[292] A.S.G. Curtis, P. Clark (1990) - The effects of topographic and mechanical properties of materials on cell behavior, Critical Reviews in Biocompatibility 5, 343-362
[293] T.A. Desai (2001) - Micro- and nanoscale structures for tissue engineering constructs, Medical Engineering and Physics 22, 595-606
-224-
[294] M.S. Lord, M. Foss, F. Besenbacher (2010) - Influence of nanoscale surface topography on protein adsorption and cellular response, Nano Today 5, 66-78
[295] A. Curtis, C. Wilkinson (1997) - Topographical control of cells, Biomaterials 18, 1573-1583
[296] B.D. Boyan, S. Lossdörfer, L. Wang, G. Zhao, C.H. Lohmann, D.L. Cochran, Z. Schwartz (2003) - Osteoblasts generate an osteogenic microenvironment when grown on surfaces with rough microtopographies, European Cells and Materials 6, 22-27
[297] M. Lampin, R. Warocquier-Clérout, C. Legris, M. Degrange, M.F. Sigot-Luizard (1997) - Correlation between substratum roughness and wettability, cell adhesion, and cell migration, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 36, 99-108
[298] S.E. Fischer, X. Liu, H.Q. Mao, J.L. Harden (2007) - Controlling cell adhesion to surfaces via associating bioactive triblock proteins, Biomaterials 28, 3325-3337
[299] T.M. Lee, R.S. Tsai, E. Chang, C.Y. Yang, M.R. Yang (2002) - The cell attachment and morphology of neonatal rat calvarial osteoblasts on the surface of Ti-6AI-4V and plasma-sprayed HA coating: Effect of surface roughness and serum contents, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 13, 341-350
[300] S. Sun, I. Titushkin, M. Cho (2006) - Regulation of mesenchymal stem cell adhesion and orientation in 3D collagen scaffold by electrical stimulus, Bioelectrochemistry 69, 133-141
[301] Z.C. Xing, W.P. Chae, J.Y. Baek, M.J. Choi, Y. Jung, I.K. Kang (2010) - In vitro assessment of antibacterial activity and cytocompatibility of silver-containing phbv nanofibrous scaffolds for tissue engineering, Biomacromolecules 11, 1248-1253
[302] A.I. Teixeira, G.A. Abrams, P.J. Bertics, C.J. Murphy, P.F. Nealey (2003) - Epithelial contact guidance on well-defined micro- and nanostructured substrates, Journal of Cell Science 116, 1881-1892
[303] R. Singhvi, G. Stephanopoulos, D.I.C. Wang (1994) - Review: Effects of substratum morphology on cell physiology, Biotechnology and Bioengineering 43, 764-771
[304] M.J. Dalby, M.O. Riehle, S.J. Yarwood, C.D.W. Wilkinson, A.S.G. Curtis (2003) - Nucleus alignment and cell signaling in fibroblasts: Response to a micro-grooved topography, Experimental Cell Research 284, 274-282
[305] A.I. Teixeira, P.F. Nealey, C.J. Murphy (2004) - Responses of human keratocytes to micro- and nanostructured substrates, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 71, 369-376
[306] J.J. Norman, T.A. Desai (2006) - Methods for fabrication of nanoscale topography for tissue engineering scaffolds, Annals of Biomedical Engineering 34, 89-101
[307] K. Anselme, L. Ploux, A. Ponche (2010) - Cell/material interfaces: Influence of surface chemistry and surface topography on cell adhesion, Journal of Adhesion Science and Technology 24, 831-852
-225-
[308] D. Khang, J. Lu, C. Yao, K.M. Haberstroh, T.J. Webster (2008) - The role of nanometer and sub-micron surface features on vascular and bone cell adhesion on titanium, Biomaterials 29, 970-983
[309] B. Wojciak-Stothard, Z. Madeja, W. Korohoda, A. Curtis, C. Wilkinson (1995) - Activation of macrophage-like cells by multiple grooved substrata. Topographical control of cell behaviour, Cell Biology International 19, 485-490
[310] M.J. Dalby, M.O. Riehle, H. Johnstone, S. Affrossman, A.S.G. Curtis (2002) - In vitro reaction of endothelial cells to polymer demixed nanotopography, Biomaterials 23, 2945-2954
[311] J. Huang, S.V. Gräter, F. Corbellini, S. Rinck, E. Bock, R. Kemkemer, H. Kessler, J. Ding, J.P. Spatz (2009) - Impact of order and disorder in RGD nanopatterns on cell adhesion, Nano Letters 9, 1111-1116
[312] E. Lamers, X. Frank Walboomers, M. Domanski, J. te Riet, F.C.M.J.M. van Delft, R. Luttge, L.A.J.A. Winnubst, H.J.G.E. Gardeniers, J.A. Jansen (2010) - The influence of nanoscale grooved substrates on osteoblast behavior and extracellular matrix deposition, Biomaterials 31, 3307-3316
[313] M.J. Dalby, D. McCloy, M. Robertson, H. Agheli, D. Sutherland, S. Affrossman, R.O.C. Oreffo (2006) - Osteoprogenitor response to semi-ordered and random nanotopographies, Biomaterials 27, 2980-2987
[314] N. Gadegaard, S. Thoms, D.S. Macintyre, K. McGhee, J. Gallagher, B. Casey, C.D.W. Wilkinson (2003) - Arrays of nano-dots for cellular engineering, Microelectronic Engineering 67-68, 162-168
[315] E. Stern, S.M. Jay, S.L. Demento, R.P. Murelli, M.A. Reed, T. Malinski, D.A. Spiegel, D.J. Mooney, J.M. Fahmy (2009) - Spatiotemporal control over molecular delivery and cellular encapsulation from electropolymerized micro-and nanopatterned surfaces, Advanced Functional Materials 19, 2888-2895
[316] J. Lee, B.S. Kang, B. Hicks, T.F. Chancellor Jr, B.H. Chu, H.T. Wang, B.G. Keselowsky, F. Ren, T.P. Lele (2008) - The control of cell adhesion and viability by zinc oxide nanorods, Biomaterials 29, 3743-3749
[317] M.J. Dalby, C.C. Berry, M.O. Riehle, D.S. Sutherland, H. Agheli, A.S.G. Curtis (2004) - Attempted endocytosis of nano-environment produced by colloidal lithography by human fibroblasts, Experimental Cell Research 295, 387-394
[318] D. Gupta, J. Venugopal, M.P. Prabhakaran, V.R.G. Dev, S. Low, A.T. Choon, S. Ramakrishna (2009) - Aligned and random nanofibrous substrate for the in vitro culture of Schwann cells for neural tissue engineering, Acta Biomaterialia 5, 2560-2569
[319] P.K. Chu, J.Y. Chen, L.P. Wang, N. Huang (2002) - Plasma-surface modification of biomaterials, Materials Science and Engineering: R: Reports 36, 143-206
[320] M.B. Olde Riekerink, M.B. Claase, G.H.M. Engbers, D.W. Grijpma, J. Feijen (2003) - Gas plasma etching of PEO/PBT segmented block copolymer films, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research Part A 65A, 417-428
-226-
[321] G.J. Wang, Y.C. Lin, C.W. Li, C.C. Hsueh, S.H. Hsu, H.S. Hung (2009) - Fabrication of orderly nanostructured PLGA scaffolds using anodic aluminum oxide templates, Biomedical Microdevices 11, 843-850
[322] P. Petric, C. Bevis, A. Carroll, H. Percy, M. Zywno, K. Standiford, A. Brodie, N. Bareket, L. Grella (2009) - REBL: A novel approach to high speed maskless electron beam direct write lithography, Journal of Vacuum Science and Technology B: Microelectronics and Nanometer Structures 27, 161-166
[323] N. Hasegawa, A. Imai, T. Terasawa, K. Hayano, T. Tanaka, Y. Oki, F. Murai (1996) - Photolithography using half-tone phase-shifting mask, Electronics and Communications in Japan, Part II: Electronics (English translation of Denshi Tsushin Gakkai Ronbunshi) 79, 73-82
[324] J.R. Conrad, J.L. Radtke, R.A. Dodd, F.J. Worzala, N.C. Tran (1987) - Plasma source ion‐implantation technique for surface modification of materials, Journal of Applied Physics 62, 4591-4596
[325] Z. Iskanderova, J. Kleiman, Y. Gudimenko, R.C. Tennyson, W.D. Morison (2000) - Comparison of surface modification of polymeric materials for protection from severe oxidative environments using different ion sources, Surface and Coatings Technology 127, 18-23
[326] J. Yang, Y. Wan, C. Tu, Q. Cai, J. Bei, S. Wang (2003) - Enhancing the cell affinity of macroporous poly(L-lactide) cell scaffold by a convenient surface modification method, Polymer International 52, 1892-1899
[327] K. Duan, R. Wang (2006) - Surface modifications of bone implants through wet chemistry, Journal of Materials Chemistry 16, 2309-2321
[328] X. Liu, P.K. Chu, C. Ding (2004) - Surface modification of titanium, titanium alloys, and related materials for biomedical applications, Materials Science and Engineering R: Reports 47, 49-121
[329] B.K. Kim, H.E.K. Bae, J.S. Shim, K.W. Lee (2005) - The influence of ceramic surface treatments on the tensile bond strength of composite resin to all-ceramic coping materials, Journal of Prosthetic Dentistry 94, 357-362
[330] G.E. Park, M.A. Pattison, K. Park, T.J. Webster (2005) - Accelerated chondrocyte functions on NaOH-treated PLGA scaffolds, Biomaterials 26, 3075-3082
[331] M.J. Dalby, D. Pasqui, S. Affrossman (2004) - Cell response to nano-islands produced by polymer demixing: A brief review, IEE Proceedings Nanobiotechnology 151, 53-61
[332] H. Zhu, J. Ji, J. Shen (2004) - Biomacromolecules electrostatic self-assembly on 3-dimensional tissue engineering scaffold, Biomacromolecules 5, 1933-1939
[333] Z. Tang, Y. Wang, P. Podsiadlo, N.A. Kotov (2006) - Biomedical applications of layer-by-layer assembly: From biomimetics to tissue engineering, Advanced Materials 18, 3203-3224
[334] Y. Zhao, Y. Tang, X. Wang, T. Lin (2010) - Superhydrophobic cotton fabric fabricated by electrostatic assembly of silica nanoparticles and its remarkable buoyancy, Applied Surface Science 256, 6736-6742
-227-
[335] J.C. Bonner (2010) - Nanoparticles as a potential cause of pleural and interstitial lung disease, Proceedings of the American Thoracic Society 7, 138-141
[336] A. Gojova, B. Guo, R.S. Kota, J.C. Rutledge, I.M. Kennedy, A.I. Barakat (2007) - Induction of inflammation in vascular endothelial cells by metal oxide nanoparticles: Effect of particle composition, Environmental Health Perspectives 115, 403-409
[337] D. Kim, H. El-Shall, D. Dennis, T. Morey (2005) - Interaction of PLGA nanoparticles with human blood constituents, Colloids and Surfaces B: Biointerfaces 40, 83-91
[338] http://www.rsc.org/chemistryworld/News/2006/August/15080602.asp - [339] J.Y. Rho, L. Kuhn-Spearing, P. Zioupos (1998) - Mechanical
properties and the hierarchical structure of bone, Medical Engineering and Physics 20, 92-102
[340] H.-W. Kim, Y.-H. Koh, L.-H. Li, S. Lee, H.-E. Kim (2004) - Hydroxyapatite coating on titanium substrate with titania buffer layer processed by sol-gel method, Biomaterials 25, 2533-2538
[341] M. Roy, A. Bandyopadhyay, S. Bose (2011) - Induction plasma sprayed nano hydroxyapatite coatings on titanium for orthopaedic and dental implants, Surface and Coatings Technology 205, 2785-2792
[342] A. Rabiei, B. Thomas, B. Neville, J.W. Lee, J. Cuomo (2007) - A novel technique for processing functionally graded HA coatings, Materials Science and Engineering C 27, 523-528
[343] W.J. Lo, D.M. Grant, M.D. Ball, B.S. Welsh, S.M. Howdle, E.N. Antonov, V.N. Bagratashvili, V.K. Popov (2000) - Physical, chemical, and biological chatacterization of pulsed laser deposited and plasma sputtered hydroxyapatite thin films on titanium alloy, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 50, 536-545
[344] B. Mavis, A.C. Taş (2000) - Dip Coating of Calcium Hydroxyapatite on Ti-6Al-4V Substrates, Journal of the American Ceramic Society 83, 989-991
[345] H. Shin, S. Jo, A.G. Mikos (2003) - Biomimetic materials for tissue engineering, Biomaterials 24, 4353-4364
[346] Y.-F. Chou, W. Huang, J.C.Y. Dunn, T.A. Miller, B.M. Wu (2005) - The effect of biomimetic apatite structure on osteoblast viability, proliferation, and gene expression, Biomaterials 26, 285-295
[347] M. Kawashita, M. Nakao, M. Minoda, H.M. Kim, T. Beppu, T. Miyamoto, T. Kokubo, T. Nakamura (2003) - Apatite-forming ability of carboxyl group-containing polymer gels in a simulated body fluid, Biomaterials 24, 2477-2484
[348] T. Kokubo (2005) - Design of bioactive bone substitutes based on biomineralization process, Materials Science and Engineering C 25, 97-104
[349] A. Oyane, M. Uchida, C. Choong, J. Triffitt, J. Jones, A. Ito (2005) - Simple surface modification of poly(ε-caprolactone) for apatite deposition from simulated body fluid, Biomaterials 26, 2407-2413
[350] C. Ning, H. Cheng, W. Zhu, Z. Yin, H. Chen, H. Zheng, S. Lei, S. Yin, G. Tan (2008) - In vitro mineralization of surface-modified porous
-228-
polycaprolactone scaffolds in simulated body fluid, Applied Surface Science 255, 429-431
[351] F. Yang, J.G.C. Wolke, J.A. Jansen (2008) - Biomimetic calcium phosphate coating on electrospun poly(ε-caprolactone) scaffolds for bone tissue engineering, Chemical Engineering Journal 137, 154-161
[352] Y. Yokoyama, A. Oyane, A. Ito (2007) - Biomimetic coating of an apatite layer on poly(L-lactic acid); improvement of adhesive strength of the coating, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 18, 1727-1734
[353] P. Habibovic, F. Barrère, C.A. Van Blitterswijk, K. De Groot, P. Layrolle (2002) - Biomimetic hydroxyapatite coating on metal implants, Journal of the American Ceramic Society 85, 517-522
[354] A.C. Tas, S.B. Bhaduri (2004) - Rapid coating of Ti6Al4V at room temperature with a calcium phosphate solution similar to 10x simulated body fluid, Journal of Materials Research 19, 2742-2749
[355] E.I. Dorozhkina, S.V. Dorozhkin (2003) - Structure and properties of the precipitates formed from condensed solutions of the revised simulated body fluid, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research - Part A 67, 578-581
[356] R. Kuijer, E.J.P. Jansen, P.J. Emans, S.K. Bulstra, J. Riesle, J. Pieper, D.W. Grainger, H.J. Busscher (2007) - Assessing infection risk in implanted tissue-engineered devices, Biomaterials 28, 5148-5154
[357] A.D. Pye, D.E.A. Lockhart, M.P. Dawson, C.A. Murray, A.J. Smith (2009) - A review of dental implants and infection, Journal of Hospital Infection 72, 104-110
[358] D. Schwartz-Arad, A. Laviv, L. Levin (2008) - Failure causes, timing, and cluster behavior: An 8-year study of dental implants, Implant Dentistry 17, 200-207
[359] T. Bazi, R. Finan, D. Zourob, A.S. Sabbagh, R. Nasnas, T.G. Zreik (2006) - Filariasis infection is a probable cause of implantation failure in in vitro fertilization cycles, Fertility and Sterility 85,
[360] J.M. Schierholz, J. Beuth (2001) - Implant infections: A haven for opportunistic bacteria, Journal of Hospital Infection 49, 87-93
[361] B.L. Illingworth, K. Tweden, R.F. Schroeder, J.D. Cameron (1998) - In vivo efficacy of silver-coated (Silzone(TM)) infection-resistant polyester fabric against a biofilm-producing bacteria, Staphylococcus epidermidis, Journal of Heart Valve Disease 7, 524-530
[362] M. Bosetti, A. Massè, E. Tobin, M. Cannas (2002) - Silver coated materials for external fixation devices: In vitro biocompatibility and genotoxicity, Biomaterials 23, 887-892
[363] M. Strathmann, J. Wingender (2004) - Use of an oxonol dye in combination with confocal laser scanning microscopy to monitor damage to Staphylococcus aureus cells during colonisation of silver-coated vascular grafts, International Journal of Antimicrobial Agents 24, 234-240
[364] J.H. Crabtree, R.J. Burchette, R.A. Siddiqi, I.T. Huen, L.L. Hadnott, A. Fishman (2003) - The efficacy of silver-ion implanted catheters in
-229-
reducing peritoneal dialysis-related infections, Peritoneal Dialysis International 23, 368-374
[365] G. Gosheger, J. Hardes, H. Ahrens, A. Streitburger, H. Buerger, M. Erren, A. Gunsel, F.H. Kemper, W. Winkelmann, C. von Eiff (2004) - Silver-coated megaendoprostheses in a rabbit model--an analysis of the infection rate and toxicological side effects, Biomaterials 25, 5547-5556
[366] R.O. Darxouiche (1999) - Anti-infective efficacy of silver-coated medical prostheses, Clinical Infectious Diseases 29, 1371-1377
[367] G. Müller, A. Kramer (2008) - Biocompatibility index of antiseptic agents by parallel assessment of antimicrobial activity and cellular cytotoxicity, Journal of Antimicrobial Chemotherapy 61, 1281-1287
[368] H. Kong, J. Jang (2008) - Antibacterial properties of novel poly(methyl methacrylate) nanofiber containing silver nanoparticles, Langmuir 24, 2051-2056
[369] J.L. Elechiguerra, J.L. Burt, J.R. Morones, A. Camacho-Bragado, X. Gao, H.H. Lara, M.J. Yacaman (2005) - Interaction of silver nanoparticles with HIV-1, Journal of Nanobiotechnology 3,
[370] Y. Li, P. Leung, L. Yao, Q.W. Song, E. Newton (2006) - Antimicrobial effect of surgical masks coated with nanoparticles, Journal of Hospital Infection 62, 58-63
[371] S. Kumar, N. Harrison, R. Richards-Kortum, K. Sokolov (2007) - Plasmonic nanosensors for imaging intracellular biomarkers in live cells, Nano Letters 7, 1338-1343
[372] T. Maneerung, S. Tokura, R. Rujiravanit (2008) - Impregnation of silver nanoparticles into bacterial cellulose for antimicrobial wound dressing, Carbohydrate Polymers 72, 43-51
[373] S.K. Gogoi, P. Gopinath, A. Paul, A. Ramesh, S.S. Ghosh, A. Chattopadhyay (2006) - Green fluorescent protein-expressing Escherichia coli as a model system for investigating the antimicrobial activities of silver nanoparticles, Langmuir 22, 9322-9328
[374] http://www.nnin.org/doc/NNIN-1025.pdf - [375] H.M.C.d. Azeredo (2009) - Nanocomposites for food packaging
applications, Food Research International 42, 1240-1253 [376] I. Sondi, B. Salopek-Sondi (2004) - Silver nanoparticles as
antimicrobial agent: A case study on E. coli as a model for Gram-negative bacteria, Journal of Colloid and Interface Science 275, 177-182
[377] S. Zhang, R. Fu, W. Dingcai, W. Xu, Q. Ye, Z. Chen (2004) - Preparation and characterization of antibacterial silver-dispersed activated carbon aerogels, Carbon 42, 3209-3216
[378] P.o. Rujitanaroj, N. Pimpha, P. Supaphol (2008) - Wound-dressing materials with antibacterial activity from electrospun gelatin fiber mats containing silver nanoparticles, Polymer 49, 4723-4732
[379] S. Hussain, E. Meneghini, M. Moosmayer, D. Lacotte, B.M. Anner (1994) - Potent and reversible interaction of silver with pure Na,K-ATPase and Na,K-ATPase-liposomes, Biochimica et Biophysica Acta - Biomembranes 1190, 402-408
-230-
[380] J.S. Kim, E. Kuk, K.N. Yu, J.H. Kim, S.J. Park, H.J. Lee, S.H. Kim, Y.K. Park, Y.H. Park, C.Y. Hwang, Y.K. Kim, Y.S. Lee, D.H. Jeong, M.H. Cho (2007) - Antimicrobial effects of silver nanoparticles, Nanomedicine: Nanotechnology, Biology, and Medicine 3, 95-101
[381] J.R. Morones, J.L. Elechiguerra, A. Camacho, K. Holt, J.B. Kouri, J.T. Ramírez, M.J. Yacaman (2005) - The bactericidal effect of silver nanoparticles, Nanotechnology 16, 2346-2353
[382] S. Pal, Y.K. Tak, J.M. Song (2007) - Does the antibacterial activity of silver nanoparticles depend on the shape of the nanoparticle? A study of the gram-negative bacterium Escherichia coli, Applied and Environmental Microbiology 73, 1712-1720
[383] S.M. Hussain, K.L. Hess, J.M. Gearhart, K.T. Geiss, J.J. Schlager (2005) - In vitro toxicity of nanoparticles in BRL 3A rat liver cells, Toxicology in Vitro 19, 975-983
[384] L.K. Limbach, P. Wick, P. Manser, R.N. Grass, A. Bruinink, W.J. Stark (2007) - Exposure of engineered nanoparticles to human lung epithelial cells: Influence of chemical composition and catalytic activity on oxidative stress, Environmental Science and Technology 41, 4158-4163
[385] N.A. Monteiro-Riviere, R.J. Nemanich, A.O. Inman, Y.Y. Wang, J.E. Riviere (2005) - Multi-walled carbon nanotube interactions with human epidermal keratinocytes, Toxicology Letters 155, 377-384
[386] S.M. Hussain, A.K. Javorina, A.M. Schrand, H.M.H.M. Duhart, S.F. Ali, J.J. Schlager (2006) - The interaction of manganese nanoparticles with PC-12 cells induces dopamine depletion, Toxicological Sciences 92, 456-463
[387] J. Tang, L. Xiong, S. Wang, J. Wang, L. Liu, J. Li, Z. Wan, T. Xi (2008) - Influence of silver nanoparticles on neurons and blood-brain barrier via subcutaneous injection in rats, Applied Surface Science 255, 502-504
[388] J.S. Hyun, B.S. Lee, H.Y. Ryu, J.H. Sung, K.H. Chung, I.J. Yu (2008) - Effects of repeated silver nanoparticles exposure on the histological structure and mucins of nasal respiratory mucosa in rats, Toxicology Letters 182, 24-28
[389] S. Arora, J. Jain, J.M. Rajwade, K.M. Paknikar (2008) - Cellular responses induced by silver nanoparticles: In vitro studies, Toxicology Letters 179, 93-100
[390] A.B. Lansdown (2002) - Silver. 2: Toxicity in mammals and how its products aid wound repair, Journal of wound care 11,
[391] M. Tsuji, Y. Nishizawa, K. Matsumoto, N. Miyamae, T. Tsuji, X. Zhang (2007) - Rapid synthesis of silver nanostructures by using microwave-polyol method with the assistance of Pt seeds and polyvinylpyrrolidone, Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects 293, 185-194
[392] M.Z. Kassaee, A. Akhavan, N. Sheikh, R. Beteshobabrud (2008) - γ-Ray synthesis of starch-stabilized silver nanoparticles with antibacterial activities, Radiation Physics and Chemistry 77, 1074-1078
-231-
[393] N.M. Huang, S. Radiman, H.N. Lim, P.S. Khiew, W.S. Chiu, K.H. Lee, A. Syahida, R. Hashim, C.H. Chia (2009) - γ-Ray assisted synthesis of silver nanoparticles in chitosan solution and the antibacterial properties, Chemical Engineering Journal 155, 499-507
[394] I. Perelshtein, G. Applerot, N. Perkas, G. Guibert, S. Mikhailov, A. Gedanken (2008) - Sonochemical coating of silver nanoparticles on textile fabrics (nylon, polyester and cotton) and their antibacterial activity, Nanotechnology 19,
[395] N. Perkas, G. Amirian, S. Dubinsky, S. Gazit, A. Gedanken (2007) - Ultrasound-assisted coating of nylon 6,6 with silver nanoparticles and its antibacterial activity, Journal of Applied Polymer Science 104, 1423-1430
[396] Y. Xing, X. Yang, J. Dai (2007) - Antimicrobial finishing of cotton textile based on water glass by sol-gel method, Journal of Sol-Gel Science and Technology 43, 187-192
[397] B. Mahltig, D. Fiedler, H. Böttcher (2004) - Antimicrobial sol-gel coatings, Journal of Sol-Gel Science and Technology 32, 219-222
[398] D. Lee, R.E. Cohen, M.F. Rubner (2005) - Antibacterial properties of Ag nanoparticle loaded multilayers and formation of magnetically directed antibacterial microparticles, Langmuir 21, 9651-9659
[399] S.T. Dubas, P. Kumlangdudsana, P. Potiyaraj (2006) - Layer-by-layer deposition of antimicrobial silver nanoparticles on textile fibers, Colloids and Surfaces A: Physicochemical and Engineering Aspects 289, 105-109
[400] G.C. East, J.E. McIntyre, J. Shao (1997) - Polybiguanides: Synthesis and characterization of polybiguanides containing hexamethylene groups, Polymer 38, 3973-3984
[401] Y. Zhang, J. Jiang, Y. Chen (1999) - Synthesis and antimicrobial activity of polymeric guanidine and biguanidine salts, Polymer 40, 6189-6198
[402] F.C. Krebs, S.R. Miller, M.L. Ferguson, M. Labib, R.F. Rando, B. Wigdahl (2005) - Polybiguanides, particularly polyethylene hexamethylene biguanide, have activity against human immunodeficiency virus type 1, Biomedecine & Pharmacotherapy 59, 438-445
[403] Y. Yang, L. Corcoran, K. Vorlicek, S. Li (2000) - Durability of some antibacterial treatments to repeated home launderings, Textile Chemist and Colorist and American Dyestuff Reporter 32, 44-49
[404] A. Kawabata, J.A. Taylor (2004) - Effect of reactive dyes upon the uptake and antibacterial action of poly(hexamethylene biguanide) on cotton. Part 1: Effect of bis(monochlorotriazinyl) dyes, Coloration Technology 120, 213-219
[405] I. Rosenthal, B.J. Juven, E. Ben-Hur (1982) - EVALUATION OF POLY (HEXAMETHYLENE BIGUANIDE. HC1) AS A BIOCIDE IN THE FOOD INDUSTRY, Journal of Food Safety 4, 191-197
[406] K.R. Kirker, S.T. Fisher, G.A. James, D. McGhee, C.B. Shah (2009) - Efficacy of polyhexamethylene biguanide-containing antimicrobial
-232-
foam dressing against MRSA relative to standard foam dressing, Wounds 21, 229-233
[407] E.M. Abad-Villar, S.F. Etter, M.A. Thiel, P.C. Hauser (2006) - Determination of chlorhexidine digluconate and polyhexamethylene biguanide in eye drops by capillary electrophoresis with contactless conductivity detection, Analytica Chimica Acta 561, 133-137
[408] F. Wehner, H.D. Wehner, M.M. Schulz (2009) - Lethal intravenous infusion of a wound antiseptic containing polyhexanide, Tödliche intravenöse infusion eines polyhexanidhaltigen wundantiseptikums 223, 108-116
[409] C.Y. Chang, W.A. Schell, J.R. Perfect, G.F. Hulka (2005) - Novel use of a swimming pool biocide in the treatment of a rare fungal mastoiditis, Laryngoscope 115, 1065-1069
[410] G.D. Mulder, J.P. Cavorsi, D.K. Lee (2007) - Feature: Polyhexamethylene Biguanide (PHMB): An addendum to current topical antimicrobialsi, Wounds 19, 173-182
[411] C. Wiegand, M. Abel, P. Ruth, U.C. Hipler (2009) - HaCaT keratinocytes in co-culture with Staphylococcus aureus can be protected from bacterial damage by polihexanide, Wound Repair and Regeneration 17, 730-738
[412] T. Hirsch, F. Jacobsen, A. Rittig, O. Goertz, A. Niederbichler, H.U. Steinau, H.M. Seipp, L. Steinstraesser (2009) - A comparative in vitro study of cell toxicity of clinically used antiseptics, Vergleichende In-vitro-Studie zur Zytotoxizität klinisch eingesetzter Antiseptika 60, 984-991
[413] G. Müller, A. Kramer (2005) - Effect of selected wound antiseptics on adult articular cartilage (bovine sesamoid bone) in the presence of Escherichia coli and Staphylococcus aureus, Journal of Orthopaedic Research 23, 127-133
[414] C. Balagna, C. Vitale-Brovarone, M. Miola, E. Verne, R.A. Canuto, S. Saracino, G. Muzio, G. Fucale, G. Maina - Biocompatibility and Antibacterial Effect of Silver Doped 3d-Glass-Ceramic Scaffolds for Bone Grafting, Journal of Biomaterials Applications
[415] A. Ince, N. Schütze, C. Hendrich, F. Jakob, J. Eulert, J.F. Löhr (2007) - Effect of polyhexanide and gentamicin on human osteoblasts and endothelial cells, Swiss Medical Weekly 137, 139-145
[416] W. Stöber, A. Fink, E. Bohn (1968) - Controlled growth of monodisperse silica spheres in the micron size range, Journal of Colloid and Interface Science 26, 62-69
[417] T. Kokubo, H. Takadama (2006) - How useful is SBF in predicting in vivo bone bioactivity?, Biomaterials 27, 2907-2915
[418] A.C. Tas, S.B. Bhaduri (2004) - Rapid coating of Ti6Al4V at room temperature with a calcium phosphate solution similar to 10x simulated body fluid, Journal of Materials Research 19, 8
[419] A.H. Cory, T.C. Owen, J.A. Barltrop, J.G. Cory (1991) - Use of an aqueous soluble tetrazolium/formazan assay for cell growth assays in culture, Cancer Communications 3, 207-212
-233-
[420] A. Sabokbar, P.J. Millett, B. Myer, N. Rushton (1994) - A rapid, quantitative assay for measuring alkaline phosphatase activity in osteoblastic cells in vitro, Bone and Mineral 27, 57-67
[421] J. Li, A.F.T. Mak (2005) - Hydraulic Permeability of Polyglycolic Acid Scaffolds as a Function of Biomaterial Degradation, Journal of Biomaterials Applications 19, 253-266
[422] M.A. Barbosa, P.L. Granja, C.C. Barrias, I.F. Amaral (2005) - Polysaccharides as scaffolds for bone regeneration, ITBM-RBM 26, 212-217
[423] K. Porter, D. Prescott, J. Frye (1973) - Changes in surface morphology of Chinese hamster ovary cells during the cell cycle, Journal of Cell Biology 57, 815-836
[424] R.W. Rubin, L.P. Everhart (1973) - The effect of cell to cell contact on the surface morphology of Chinese hamster ovary cells, Journal of Cell Biology 57, 837-844
[425] X.F. Walboomers, J.A. Jansen (2001) - Cell and tissue behavior on micro-grooved surfaces, Odontology 89, 0002-0011
[426] B.D. Boyan, T.W. Hummert, D.D. Dean, Z. Schwartz (1996) - Role of material surfaces in regulating bone and cartilage cell response, Biomaterials 17, 137-146
[427] T.P. Kunzler, T. Drobek, M. Schuler, N.D. Spencer (2007) - Systematic study of osteoblast and fibroblast response to roughness by means of surface-morphology gradients, Biomaterials 28, 2175-2182
[428] J. Ryczkowski (2008) - Recent applications of FT-IR/PAS studies in catalysis, European Physical Journal: Special Topics 154, 357-361
[429] Z. Dai, N. Zhao, H. Fan, L. Zhang, X. Zhang, J. Xu (2010) - Preparation and properties of organic-inorganic hybrid composites based on polystyrene and an incompletely condensed polyvinylsilsesquioxane oligomer, Journal of Applied Polymer Science 117, 2497-2505
[430] T.A. Horbett, J.J. Waldburger, B.D. Ratner, A.S. Hoffman (1988) - Cell adhesion to a series of hydrophilic-hydrophobic copolymers studied with a spinning disc apparatus, Journal of Biomedical Materials Research 22, 383-404
[431] Y. Wan, Y. Wang, Z. Liu, X. Qu, B. Han, J. Bei, S. Wang (2005) - Adhesion and proliferation of OCT-1 osteoblast-like cells on micro- and nano-scale topography structured poly(L-lactide), Biomaterials 26, 4453-4459
[432] F. Rosso, G. Marino, L. Muscariello, G. Cafiero, P. Favia, E. D'Aloia, R. D'Agostino, A. Barbarisi (2006) - Adhesion and proliferation of fibroblasts on RF plasma-deposited nanostructured fluorocarbon coatings: Evidence of FAK activation, Journal of Cellular Physiology 207, 636-643
[433] A. Tanini, S. Fare, P. Petrini, A. Tanini, E. Piscitelli, S. Zecchi-orlandini, M.L. Brandi (2003) - Cytocompatibility of Polyurethane Foams as Biointegrable Matrices for the Preparation of Scaffolds for Bone Reconstruction, Journal of Applied Biomaterials & Biomechanics 1, 9
-234-
[434] A.J. Mieszawska, N. Fourligas, I. Georgakoudi, N.M. Ouhib, D.J. Belton, C.C. Perry, D.L. Kaplan (2010) - Osteoinductive silk-silica composite biomaterials for bone regeneration, Biomaterials 31, 8902-8910
[435] K. Tuzlakoglu, R.L. Reis (2007) - Formation of bone-like apatite layer on chitosan fiber mesh scaffolds by a biomimetic spraying process, Journal of Materials Science: Materials in Medicine 18, 1279-1286
[436] [437] S.S. Kim, S.I. Na, J. Jo, D.Y. Kim, Y.C. Nah (2008) - Plasmon
enhanced performance of organic solar cells using electrodeposited Ag nanoparticles, Applied Physics Letters 93,
[438] X. Yang, Y. Lu (2005) - Preparation of polypyrrole-coated silver nanoparticles by one-step UV-induced polymerization, Materials Letters 59, 2484-2487
[439] A. Subrahmanyam, U.K. Barik (2006) - Electrical and optical properties of reactive dc magnetron sputtered silver-doped indium oxide thin films: Role of oxygen, Applied Physics A: Materials Science and Processing 84, 221-225
[440] A. Henglein (1998) - Colloidal Silver Nanoparticles: Photochemical Preparation and Interaction with O<sub>2</sub>, CCl<sub>4</sub>, and Some Metal Ions, Chemistry of Materials 10, 444-450
[441] M. Raffi, F. Hussain, T.M. Bhatti, J.I. Akhter, A. Hameed, M.M. Hasan (2008) - Antibacterial characterization of silver nanoparticles against E.coli ATCC-15224, Journal of Materials Science and Technology 24, 192-196
[442] H.H. Lara, N.V. Ayala-Núñez, L.C.I. del Turrent, C.R. Padilla (2010) - Bactericidal effect of silver nanoparticles against multidrug-resistant bacteria, World Journal of Microbiology and Biotechnology 26, 615-621
[443] S.H. Kim, H.J. Ha, Y.K. Ko, S.J. Yoon, J.M. Rhee, M.S. Kim, H.B. Lee, G. Khang (2007) - Correlation of proliferation, morphology and biological responses of fibroblasts on LDPE with different surface wettability, Journal of Biomaterials Science, Polymer Edition 18, 609-622